WO2020134560A1 - Live broadcast room switching method and apparatus, and terminal, server and storage medium - Google Patents

Live broadcast room switching method and apparatus, and terminal, server and storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020134560A1
WO2020134560A1 PCT/CN2019/114888 CN2019114888W WO2020134560A1 WO 2020134560 A1 WO2020134560 A1 WO 2020134560A1 CN 2019114888 W CN2019114888 W CN 2019114888W WO 2020134560 A1 WO2020134560 A1 WO 2020134560A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
live
switching
live broadcast
user
anchor
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/114888
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
耿振健
张洋
Original Assignee
北京达佳互联信息技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 北京达佳互联信息技术有限公司 filed Critical 北京达佳互联信息技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020134560A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020134560A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/20Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/21Server components or server architectures
    • H04N21/218Source of audio or video content, e.g. local disk arrays
    • H04N21/2187Live feed
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/20Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/23Processing of content or additional data; Elementary server operations; Server middleware
    • H04N21/239Interfacing the upstream path of the transmission network, e.g. prioritizing client content requests
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/20Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/25Management operations performed by the server for facilitating the content distribution or administrating data related to end-users or client devices, e.g. end-user or client device authentication, learning user preferences for recommending movies
    • H04N21/254Management at additional data server, e.g. shopping server, rights management server
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/20Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/25Management operations performed by the server for facilitating the content distribution or administrating data related to end-users or client devices, e.g. end-user or client device authentication, learning user preferences for recommending movies
    • H04N21/258Client or end-user data management, e.g. managing client capabilities, user preferences or demographics, processing of multiple end-users preferences to derive collaborative data
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47End-user applications
    • H04N21/488Data services, e.g. news ticker
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/60Network structure or processes for video distribution between server and client or between remote clients; Control signalling between clients, server and network components; Transmission of management data between server and client, e.g. sending from server to client commands for recording incoming content stream; Communication details between server and client 
    • H04N21/65Transmission of management data between client and server
    • H04N21/658Transmission by the client directed to the server

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of live broadcasting technology, and in particular, to a method, device, terminal, server, and storage medium for switching between live broadcasting.
  • the anchor can broadcast live in the live room through the terminal; the user can enter the live broadcast room of the anchor through the terminal and watch the live broadcast of the anchor in the live room. If the user does not like the live broadcast of the anchor, the live room can also be switched To watch live broadcasts from other anchors.
  • the switching method of the live broadcast room is usually as follows: the terminal shows the first live broadcast room; when the user wants to watch the live broadcast of other hosts At some time, you will click the exit option in the live room, and the terminal will receive the live room exit instruction and exit the first live room; the terminal will display the live room list, which includes multiple live room options, and the user will browse the live room Room list, select an interested live room from the live room list, and trigger the confirmation operation for the live room option corresponding to the live room; when the terminal detects the confirmation operation for the live room option, it can live
  • the room is regarded as the live broadcast room the user wants to enter.
  • the speed is slower and the efficiency of switching live rooms is lower.
  • the present application provides a method, device, terminal, server, and storage medium for switching between live broadcast rooms, which can overcome the problem of too slow speed for switching live broadcast rooms in the related art.
  • a method for switching between live broadcasts including:
  • a live room random switching request is generated, and the live room random switching request is used to request to switch the first live room to a second live room, the second The second time point of the live broadcast room matches the first time point, and the second time point is the time point when the recording device of the second live broadcast room receives the user search instruction;
  • a method for switching between live broadcasts including:
  • a user random pull request is generated, and the user random pull request is used to request to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room, the first live broadcast
  • the first time point between the first time point and the second time point meet the matching conditions, and the first time point is the time point when the display device in the first live room receives the live room switching instruction;
  • a method for switching between live broadcasts including:
  • the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull request determine a first time point when the display device receives the switching command between live broadcasts and a second time that the recording device receives the user search instruction Time points meet the matching conditions;
  • a device for switching between live broadcasts including:
  • the receiving module is used for receiving the switching instruction of the live broadcasting room during the process of displaying the first live broadcasting room;
  • a generating module configured to generate a random switching request for the live broadcasting room according to the first time point when the live broadcasting room switching instruction is received, and the random switching request for the live broadcasting room is used to request to switch the first live broadcasting room to the second live broadcasting room ,
  • the second time point of the second live room matches the first time point, and the second time point is the time point when the recording device of the second live room receives the user search instruction;
  • a sending module configured to send the random switching request between live broadcasts to the server
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the server;
  • the switching module is configured to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room according to the first data stream.
  • the generating module is configured to: carry the first time point in the random switching request between live broadcasts; or, acquire the first time window in which the first time point is located, The first time window is carried in the random switching request in the live broadcast room.
  • a device for switching between live broadcasts including:
  • the receiving module is used for receiving user search instructions during the process of displaying the second live broadcast room
  • the generating module is configured to generate a user random pull request according to the second time point when the user search instruction is received.
  • the user random pull request is used to request to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room.
  • the first time point of the first live broadcast room matches the matching condition with the second time point, and the first time point is the time point when the display device of the first live broadcast room receives the live broadcast room switching instruction;
  • a sending module configured to send the user random pull request to the server
  • the sending module is further configured to send the first data stream of the second live broadcast room to the server.
  • a device for switching between live broadcasts including:
  • the receiving module is used to receive a random switching request of the live broadcast room of the display device in the first live broadcast room, and receive a random pull-in request of the user of the recording device of the second live broadcast room;
  • a determining module configured to determine, according to the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull request, the first time point when the display device receives the switching command between live broadcasts and the recording device receive the user The second time point of the search instruction meets the matching conditions;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the recording device;
  • the sending module is configured to send the first data stream to the display device, where the first data stream is used by the display device to switch the first live room to the second live room.
  • a terminal includes:
  • Memory for storing processor executable instructions
  • the processor is configured to:
  • a live room random switching request is generated, and the live room random switching request is used to request to switch the first live room to a second live room, the second The second time point of the live broadcast room matches the first time point, and the second time point is the time point when the recording device of the second live broadcast room receives the user search instruction;
  • a terminal includes:
  • Memory for storing processor executable instructions
  • the processor is configured to:
  • a user random pull request is generated, and the user random pull request is used to request to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room, the first live broadcast
  • the first time point between the first time point and the second time point meet the matching conditions, and the first time point is the time point when the display device in the first live room receives the live room switching instruction;
  • a server including:
  • Memory for storing processor executable instructions
  • the processor is configured to:
  • the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull request determine a first time point when the display device receives the switching command between live broadcasts and a second time that the recording device receives the user search instruction Time points meet the matching conditions;
  • a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium When instructions in the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium are executed by a processor of a terminal, the server can execute a live broadcast room Switching method, the method includes:
  • a live room random switching request is generated, and the live room random switching request is used to request to switch the first live room to a second live room, the second The second time point of the live broadcast room matches the first time point, and the second time point is the time point when the recording device of the second live broadcast room receives the user search instruction;
  • a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium When instructions in the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium are executed by a processor of a terminal, the server can perform a live broadcast Inter-switching method, the method includes:
  • a user random pull request is generated, and the user random pull request is used to request to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room, the first live broadcast
  • the first time point between the first time point and the second time point meet the matching conditions, and the first time point is the time point when the display device in the first live room receives the live room switching instruction;
  • a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium When instructions in the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium are executed by a processor of a server, the server can perform a live broadcast Inter-switching method, the method includes:
  • the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull request determine a first time point when the display device receives the switching command between live broadcasts and a second time that the recording device receives the user search instruction Time points meet the matching conditions;
  • an application program which includes one or more instructions.
  • the server can perform a method for switching between live broadcasts, The method includes:
  • a live room random switching request is generated, and the live room random switching request is used to request to switch the first live room to a second live room, the second The second time point of the live broadcast room matches the first time point, and the second time point is the time point when the recording device of the second live broadcast room receives the user search instruction;
  • an application program which includes one or more instructions.
  • the server can perform a method for switching between live broadcasts, The method includes:
  • a user random pull request is generated, and the user random pull request is used to request to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room, the first live broadcast
  • the first time point between the first time point and the second time point meet the matching conditions, and the first time point is the time point when the display device in the first live room receives the live room switching instruction;
  • an application program which includes one or more instructions.
  • the server can perform a method for switching between live broadcasts, The method includes:
  • the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull request determine a first time point when the display device receives the switching command between live broadcasts and a second time that the recording device receives the user search instruction Time points meet the matching conditions;
  • the method provided in this embodiment provides a novel way to switch live broadcast rooms, which can realize the function of randomly transmitting users from the live broadcast rooms where they are currently located to the live broadcast rooms of other anchors searching for users.
  • due to the randomness of the matched anchors it can bring new feelings to users.
  • Fig. 1 is an architectural diagram of an implementation environment according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Fig. 2 is a flow chart showing a method for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Fig. 3 is a flow chart showing a method for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Fig. 4 is a flow chart showing a method for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Fig. 5 is a flow chart showing a method for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Fig. 6 is a block diagram of a logical structure of a device for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Fig. 7 is a block diagram of a logical structure of a device for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Fig. 8 is a block diagram of a logical structure of a device for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Fig. 9 is a block diagram of a logical structure of a terminal according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • Fig. 10 is a block diagram showing a logical structure of a server according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • Fig. 1 is an architectural diagram of an implementation environment according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in Fig. 1, the following live broadcast switching method may be applied in the implementation environment.
  • the implementation environment includes at least one terminal and at least one server.
  • the terminal may include a recording device and a display device, and the terminal may include a mobile terminal, a personal computer, a wearable device, and the like.
  • the at least one terminal and at least one server may be interconnected through a network.
  • the recording device in the live broadcast room can record the data stream and send the data stream to the server.
  • the server can distribute the data stream to the display device in the live broadcast room.
  • the display device can receive the data stream and play the live broadcast based on the data stream.
  • Fig. 2 is a flowchart of a method for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in Fig. 2, the main body of the method for switching between live broadcasts is a display device, including the following steps:
  • step 201 in the process of displaying the first live broadcast room, a live broadcast room switching instruction is received.
  • a random switching request for the live broadcasting room is generated according to the first time point when the switching instruction for the live broadcasting room is received.
  • the random switching request for the live broadcasting room is used to request the first live broadcasting room to be switched to the second live broadcasting room.
  • the second time point of the second live room meets the matching condition with the first time point, and the second time point is the time point when the recording device of the second live room receives the user search instruction.
  • step 203 a random switching request between live broadcasts is sent to the server.
  • step 204 the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the server is received.
  • step 205 the first live broadcast room is switched to the second live broadcast room according to the first data stream.
  • generating the random switching request between the live broadcasts according to the first time point when the live broadcast switching instruction is received includes:
  • generating the random switching request between the live broadcasts according to the first time point when the live broadcast switching instruction is received includes:
  • a random live room switching request is generated.
  • the method further includes at least one of the following steps before generating the live broadcast random switching request:
  • At least one anchor keyword is displayed, and when it is detected that any anchor keyword is selected, the selected anchor keyword is used as the first additional matching information;
  • At least one live content keyword is displayed, and when it is detected that any live content keyword is selected, the selected live content keyword is used as the first additional matching information;
  • At least one search hotspot information is displayed, and when it is detected that any search hotspot information is selected, the selected search hotspot information is used as the first additional matching information.
  • the method further includes:
  • the method before sending the second data stream to the server, the method further includes:
  • the data stream of the receiving server synthesizes the consent message.
  • the live broadcast switching command is triggered by the confirmation operation of the live broadcast switching control displayed in the first live broadcast room; or,
  • the switching command between live broadcasts is triggered by shaking operations; or,
  • the live broadcast switching command is triggered by the live broadcast switching voice.
  • Fig. 3 is a flowchart illustrating a method for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in Fig. 2, the main body of the method for switching between live broadcasts is a recording device, including the following steps:
  • step 301 in the process of displaying the second live broadcast room, a user search instruction is received.
  • a user random pull request is generated.
  • the user random pull request is used to request to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room.
  • the first time point of the first live room meets the matching condition with the second time point, and the first time point is the time point when the display device of the first live room receives the live room switching instruction.
  • step 303 a user random pull request is sent to the server.
  • step 304 the first data stream of the second live broadcast room is sent to the server.
  • the generating a random user pull request according to the second time point when the user search instruction is received includes:
  • the generating a random user pull request according to the second time point when the user search instruction is received includes:
  • a user random pull request is generated.
  • the method before generating the user random pull request according to the second time point and the second additional matching information when the user search instruction is received, the method further includes at least one of the following steps:
  • the method further includes:
  • the method before the receiving the third data stream of the server, the method further includes:
  • the method further includes:
  • the user search instruction is triggered by a confirmation operation on the user search control displayed in the second live room; or,
  • the user search instruction is triggered by shaking operation; or,
  • the user search instruction is triggered by the user search voice.
  • Fig. 4 is a flowchart of a method for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • the main body of the method for switching between live broadcasts is a server, including the following steps:
  • step 401 a random switching request of a live broadcast room of a display device in a first live broadcast room is received, and a random pull-in request of a user of a recording device of a second live broadcast room is received.
  • step 402 according to the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull request, it is determined that the first time point when the display device receives the switching command between live broadcasts and the second time point when the recording device receives the user search instruction meets the matching conditions.
  • step 403 the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the recording device is received.
  • step 404 a first data stream is sent to the display device, and the first data stream is used by the display device to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room.
  • the first time window at the first time point and the second time window between the second time points are obtained, and it is determined that the first time window overlaps the second time window.
  • the method before sending the first data stream to the display device, the method further includes:
  • determining that the first additional matching information corresponding to the display device and the second additional matching information corresponding to the recording device meet additional matching conditions includes at least one of the following steps:
  • the number of the second live broadcasting room is multiple, and according to the random switching request of the live broadcasting room and the user's random pull-in request, it is determined that the first time point when the display device receives the live broadcasting room switching instruction and the recording device receives The second time point of the user search instruction meets the matching conditions, including:
  • the random switching request in the live broadcast room and the user's random pull-in request it is determined that the first time point of the display device and the second time point corresponding to the multiple recording devices meet the matching conditions;
  • the method also includes:
  • Send the first data stream to the display device including:
  • the method further includes at least one of the following steps:
  • the fourth matching priority of the plurality of anchor identifiers is obtained. The less the income corresponding to the anchor identifier, the higher the fourth matching priority.
  • the method after receiving the first data stream of the second live room of the recording device, the method further includes:
  • the third data stream to the recording device and the display device.
  • the method before receiving the second data stream of the display device, the method further includes:
  • the method after receiving a random pull-in request from a user of the recording device in the second live broadcast room, the method further includes:
  • the method further include:
  • the method also includes:
  • the method after receiving a random live room switching request of the display device in the first live room, the method further includes:
  • the method further include:
  • the method also includes:
  • Fig. 5 is a flowchart illustrating a method for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • the interaction body of the method for switching between live broadcasts includes a display device, a recording device, and a server, and includes the following steps:
  • step 501 during the process of displaying the first live broadcast room, the display device receives a live broadcast room switching instruction.
  • the live broadcast room before switching is called a first live broadcast room
  • the switched live broadcast room is called a second live broadcast room.
  • first live broadcast room and the second live broadcast room The room is only for the purpose of distinguishing and describing different live rooms, and should not be understood as express or implying the relationship between the traffic size of the live rooms, the relationship between the number of live rooms, the popularity ranking, the release timing, the recommended priority order and the relative importance.
  • the device that records the data stream in the live broadcast room is called a recording device.
  • the recording device may have different names in different scenarios, for example, it may be called a host end or a host terminal.
  • the physical entity of the recording device may be a mobile phone, a personal computer, or a camera device.
  • the device for displaying the live broadcast room is called a display device, and the recording device may have different names in different scenarios, for example, it may be called a user terminal, a user device, an audience end, and an audience device.
  • the physical entities of the recording device may include mobile phones, personal computers, etc.
  • the live broadcast room switching instruction is used to instruct to switch the currently displayed live broadcast room.
  • the triggering method of the switching instruction between live broadcasts may include any one or more of the following implementation manners 1 to 3:
  • the live room switching command is triggered by the confirmation operation of the live room switching control displayed in the first live room.
  • the display device can display the live broadcast switch control in the first live broadcast room; the user can trigger the confirmation operation on the live broadcast switch control displayed by the display device, and the display device can receive the live broadcast according to the user's confirmation operation on the live broadcast switch control To switch between instructions.
  • the live broadcast switch control is used to trigger the live broadcast switch command.
  • the live broadcast switch control can be any user interface (User Interface, abbreviation: UI) interface element.
  • the live broadcast switch control can be a button, switch, entrance, Menu etc.
  • the confirmation operation for the switching control between live broadcasts may include a click operation, a sliding operation, and a long press operation
  • the click operation may include a click operation, a double-click operation, and the like.
  • the terminal may prompt the live broadcast switching function to guide the user to use the live broadcast switching function.
  • the terminal may prompt the live-room switch control, thereby helping the user learn how to use the live-room switch control, and then trigger the confirmation operation on the live-room switch control.
  • the terminal can display the prompt content within the preset range of the live broadcast switch control, such as displaying the prompt text near the live broadcast switch control; for another example, the prompt content can be suspended on the live broadcast switch control, such as the live broadcast switch control Prompt text is displayed above the suspension; of course, displaying the prompt text is only an example of the prompting method, and the prompting method may also be displaying a prompting image, playing a prompting animation, playing a prompting voice, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the live room switching control may be a button of "randomly switch the live room", and the terminal may display "click the button around the button, and you will randomly transfer it to other live broadcasts.
  • the switch control between live broadcasts can be a "random voice link” button, and the terminal can display the text "click the button, you will randomly conduct voice link with other anchors" around the button.
  • the terminal will receive an instruction to switch between live broadcasts.
  • Implementation method 2 The switching command between live broadcasts is triggered by shaking operation.
  • the shaking operation may be an operation of shaking the display device according to any intensity, any frequency and any number of times.
  • the shaking operation can be triggered on the display device, and the terminal can receive the live room switching instruction according to the user's shaking operation on the display device.
  • the display device may have built-in acceleration sensors, gyroscopes or other sensors, and the shaking operation may be detected by the sensors.
  • the terminal may prompt the live broadcast switching function to guide the user to use the live broadcast switching function.
  • the terminal may prompt the shaking operation, thereby helping the user to learn the shaking operation, and then trigger the shaking operation on the display device.
  • the terminal may display the prompt content in the first live broadcast room, for example, display the prompt text in a corner of the first live broadcast room.
  • displaying the prompt text is only an example of the prompt mode, and the prompt mode may also be displaying a prompt image, playing a prompt animation, playing a prompt voice, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the terminal may display the text "Shake, you will randomly transfer it to other live rooms" in the corner of the first live broadcast room.
  • the terminal will receive a switchover instruction between live broadcasts.
  • the terminal may display the text "Shake it, you will randomly perform voice connection with other anchors" in the corner of the first live broadcast room.
  • the terminal will receive Instruction to switch to live broadcast.
  • Switching voice between live broadcasts is used to trigger a switchover command between live broadcasts.
  • the voice of the live room switch can be issued, and the terminal can receive the instruction to switch the live room according to the voice of the live room.
  • the live room switching voice may be a voice containing at least one keyword, which is used to instruct switching of the live room, for example, the keywords may be "change live room", "change anchor”, “change channel”, “me To cross”, “Tell me”, etc.
  • the user can issue a live broadcast switching voice, and the terminal can receive a live broadcast switching command according to the detected live broadcast switching voice.
  • the display device may have a built-in microphone or other sensors, which can detect the voice switching between live broadcasts through the sensors.
  • the terminal may prompt the live broadcast switching function to guide the user to use the live broadcast switching function.
  • the terminal may prompt for the voice switching between live broadcasts, thereby helping the user learn how to issue the voice switching between live broadcasts, and then the voice switching between live broadcasts.
  • the terminal may display the prompt content in the first live broadcast room, for example, display the prompt text in a corner of the first live broadcast room.
  • displaying the prompt text is only an example of the prompting method, and the prompting method may also be displaying a prompting image, playing a prompting animation, playing a prompting voice, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the terminal may display the text "Say I want to cross, you will randomly send it to other live rooms" in the corner of the first live room.
  • the display device When the user says “I want to traverse!”, the display device will detect the voice switching between live broadcasts, and will receive a command to switch between live broadcasts.
  • the display device may choose to implement any one of the above implementation manners 1 to 3 to receive the live broadcast switching command, or may execute a combination of the above implementation manners 1 to 3 to receive the live broadcast. To switch between instructions. Among them, multiple items in the foregoing implementation manners 1 to 3 may be combined in a relationship of or, or in a relationship of or. Taking the relationship between Implementation Mode 2 and Implementation Mode 3 as an example, the display device may receive the live broadcast switching instruction when the shaking operation is detected and the live broadcast switching voice is detected.
  • step 502 the display device generates a random switching request between live broadcasts and sends a random switching request between live broadcasts to the server according to the first time point when the switching command between the live broadcasts is received.
  • the random switching request in the live broadcast room is used to request a random switch to another live broadcast room, so that the display device switches the currently displayed live broadcast room, simulating the effect of the user transmitting to the live broadcast room of the randomly matched anchor.
  • the random switching request between live broadcasts may carry the user ID of the user logged in by the display device.
  • the user identification is used to indicate the corresponding user, and may include the user's identification (abbreviation: ID), name, mobile phone number, and so on.
  • the first time point refers to the time point when the display device receives the live broadcast switching instruction, and the first time point can be used for the server to match the anchor identification for the user ID, so that the display device switches the first live broadcast room to the second corresponding to the anchor identification Studio.
  • the display device may acquire the current time point as the first time point when receiving the live room switch instruction, and generate a random switch request for the live room according to the first time point.
  • the server may be a background server of the live broadcast application, and may be a physical server, a cluster composed of multiple physical servers, an elastic cloud server, or a cloud computing center.
  • generating a random switching request between live broadcasts may include the following manner one or manner two.
  • Method 1 The first time point is carried in the random switching request between live broadcasts.
  • a time point field may be set in a random switching request between live broadcasts, and the time point field is used to carry the time of receiving a live broadcast switching instruction, and the first time point may be written in the time period field.
  • Method 2 Obtain the first time window at the first time point, and carry the first time window in the random switching request in the live broadcast room.
  • the first time window refers to the time window where the first time point is located.
  • the time window can be divided according to requirements. For example, the preset time period may be divided into multiple time windows on average, and the duration of each time window is equal. Illustratively, 1 hour can be divided into 4 time windows on average, and the duration of each time window is 15 minutes. As another example, the hour, day, etc. at the first time point may be used as the first time window.
  • the time window can also be divided in any other manner, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • a time window field may be set in the random switching request between live broadcasts, and the time window field is used to carry the time window at the time point when the live broadcast switching instruction is received, and the first window is written in the time window field Point in time.
  • a method for generating a random matching request between live broadcasts may include: generating the random switching request between live broadcasts according to a first time point at which a live broadcast switching instruction is received and first additional matching information.
  • the first additional matching information refers to additional matching information corresponding to the user ID logged in by the display device.
  • the first additional matching information can be used by the server to match the anchor ID for the user ID based on the time dimension based on information in other dimensions.
  • the manner of acquiring the first additional matching information may include any one or more of the following (1) to (10).
  • the first geographic location refers to the geographic location where the display device is currently located, for example, the city, street, community, point of interest (POI), etc. where the display device is currently located.
  • POI point of interest
  • the first user attribute information is used to indicate the attribute of the user corresponding to the user ID logged in by the display device, and may include at least one of the user's education, region, age, social class, gender, job type, job nature, wealth status, and debt status item.
  • the first historical behavior record is used to indicate the historical behavior of the user corresponding to the user ID logged in by the display device, and may include, for example, at least one of the number, frequency, and trigger time of the historical behavior.
  • the historical behavior may include at least one of click behavior, playback behavior, and interactive behavior
  • the interactive behavior may include like behavior, comment behavior, sharing behavior, forwarding behavior, favorite behavior, reward behavior, and shopping cart behavior.
  • the first social relationship information is used to indicate other users who have established a social relationship with the user, and for example, may include identifications of other users.
  • the other users may include users who establish a friend relationship with the user through a social application, users who establish a follow-up relationship with the user through a social application, users who belong to the same social group as the user, and contacts of the user.
  • the first historical operation record refers to the historical operation record of the display device, and the first historical operation record is used to record information generated by the display device during the historical operation process.
  • the first historical operation record may include an identification of a live broadcast room that displays the historical display of the device, an application that has historically run the display device, and so on.
  • the first anchor type refers to the type of anchor input on the display device.
  • the first anchor type can be determined according to the user's input operation.
  • the first anchor type can be regarded as the type of anchor that the user wants to watch.
  • the first anchor type may include the anchor's style, gender, age, and so on.
  • the display device can display the anchor type input control.
  • the user can trigger an input operation on the anchor type input control to input the anchor type.
  • the display device can receive the input anchor type according to the user's input operation as the first anchor type.
  • the first live content type refers to the type of live content input on the display device.
  • the first live content type can be determined according to the user's input operation.
  • the first live content type can be regarded as the type of live content that the user wants to watch.
  • the display device may display a host type input control, and the user may trigger an input operation on the host type input control to input the host type, and the display device may receive the input host type according to the user's input operation as the first host type.
  • the anchor keyword is used to match the corresponding anchor so as to switch to the corresponding anchor's live broadcast room.
  • the anchor keyword can be sent by the server to the display device.
  • the anchor keywords may be "gufeng”, “humor”, “cute”, etc.
  • Live content keywords are used to match the corresponding live content, so as to switch to the live room of the corresponding live content.
  • Live content keywords can be sent by the server to the display device.
  • the live content keywords can be "e-sports", “food”, “beauty” and so on.
  • (10) Display at least one search hotspot information. When any search hotspot information is detected, when any search hotspot information is detected, the selected search hotspot information is used as the first additional matching information.
  • Search hotspot information is used to indicate the current popular search anchor or live content of the live streaming application.
  • step 503 the recording device receives the user search instruction during the presentation of the second live broadcast room.
  • the recording device can collect the data stream of the second live room, for example, it can record the audio stream of the second live room through the microphone and shoot the video stream of the second live room through the camera.
  • the recording device may send the data stream of the second live broadcast room to the server, and publish the data stream of the second live broadcast room to the network through the server to perform the live broadcast.
  • the user search instruction is used to instruct the search user, so that the searched user is regarded as a new audience in the second live room, and the searched user is pulled into the second live room.
  • the triggering manner of the user search instruction may include any one or more of the following implementation manners 1 to 3:
  • Implementation method 1 The user search instruction is triggered by the confirmation operation of the user search control displayed in the second live room.
  • the recording device can display the user search control in the second live room; the anchor can trigger the confirmation operation on the user search control, and the recording device can receive the user search instruction according to the confirmation operation on the user search control.
  • the user search control is used to trigger a user search instruction.
  • the user search control may be any type of UI interface element.
  • the user search control may be a button, switch, entrance, menu, or the like.
  • the confirmation operation of the user search control may include a click operation, a sliding operation, a long press operation, and the like.
  • the terminal may prompt the user search function to guide the anchor to use the user search function.
  • the terminal may prompt the user search control, thereby helping the anchor learn the usage method of the user search control, and then trigger the confirmation operation on the user search control.
  • the terminal can display the prompt content within the preset range of the user search control, such as displaying prompt text near the user search control; for example, the user can hover display the prompt content on the user search control, such as the user search control.
  • Text of course, displaying the prompt text is only an example of the prompt mode, and the prompt mode may also be displaying a prompt image, playing a prompt animation, playing a prompt voice, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the user search control may be a button of "radar search audience", and the terminal may display "click the button, and you will randomly pull to a new audience” around the button. Text, when the anchor clicks on the button, the terminal will receive the user search instruction.
  • the user search control may be a button of "random voice link”, and the terminal may display the text "click the button, you will randomly conduct voice link with a new audience" around the button. When the button triggers a click operation, the terminal receives the user search instruction.
  • the recording device can display a user search control, and when the current number of users in the second live room does not meet the preset condition, the recording device can hide the user search control .
  • the preset condition may be: the current number of users in the second live broadcast room is less than the threshold of the number of users.
  • the preset condition may be that: the current number of users in the second live broadcast room is ranked in the countdown preset number of digits in all live broadcast rooms of the live broadcast application.
  • the recording device may send the current number of users in the second live broadcast room to the server, and the server may determine whether the current number of users meets the preset conditions, and if the current number of users meets the preset conditions, send a user search control display to the recording device Instruction, when the recording device receives the user search control display instruction, it can display the user search control; if the current number of users does not meet the preset conditions, the user search control hiding instruction is sent to the recording device, when the recording device receives the user search control hiding instruction , You can hide the user search control.
  • Implementation method 2 The user search command is triggered by shaking operation.
  • the shaking operation may be an operation of shaking the recording device at any intensity, any frequency, and any number of times.
  • the anchor can trigger a shaking operation on the recording device.
  • the terminal detects the shaking operation, it will receive the user search instruction.
  • the recording device may have an acceleration sensor, a gyroscope or other sensors built in, and the shaking operation may be detected by the sensor.
  • the terminal may prompt the user search function to guide the anchor to use the user search function.
  • the terminal may prompt the shaking operation, thereby helping the anchor learn the shaking operation, and then trigger the shaking operation on the recording device.
  • the terminal may display the prompt content in the second live broadcast room, for example, display the prompt text in a corner of the second live broadcast room.
  • displaying the prompt text is only an example of the prompting method, and the prompting method may also be displaying a prompting image, playing a prompting animation, playing a prompting voice, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the terminal may display the text "Shake, you will randomly shake to a new audience" in the corner of the second live room.
  • the terminal When the anchor triggers the shaking of the recording device During operation, the terminal will receive a user search instruction.
  • the terminal may display the text "Shake it, you will randomly perform voice connection with the new audience" in the corner of the second live room.
  • the anchor triggers the shake operation on the recording device, the terminal will receive To the user search instruction.
  • Implementation method 3 The user search instruction is triggered by the user search voice.
  • the user search voice is used to trigger the user search instruction.
  • the anchor can issue the user search voice, and when the terminal detects the user search voice, the user search instruction will be received.
  • the user search voice may be a voice containing at least one keyword, which is used to instruct switching of the live broadcast room.
  • the keyword may be "seeking audience”, “searching audience”, “seeking popularity”, etc.
  • the recording device may have a microphone or other sensors built-in, and the user can detect the voice of the user through the sensor.
  • the terminal may prompt the user search function to guide the anchor to use the user search function.
  • the terminal can prompt the user search voice, thereby helping the anchor learn how to issue the user search voice and then the user search voice.
  • the terminal may display the prompt content in the second live broadcast room, for example, display the prompt text in a corner of the second live broadcast room.
  • displaying the prompt text is only an example of the prompting method, and the prompting method may also be displaying a prompting image, playing a prompting animation, playing a prompting voice, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the terminal may display the text "Say to ask the audience, you will randomly pull to a new audience" in the corner of the second live room, when the anchor announces Audience!, the recording device will detect the user search voice and will receive the user search instruction.
  • the recording device may alternatively execute any one of the foregoing implementation manners 1 to 3 to receive the user search instruction, or may perform a combination of the foregoing implementation manners 1 to 3 to receive the user search instruction.
  • multiple items in the foregoing implementation manners 1 to 3 may be combined in a relationship of or, or in a relationship of or.
  • the recording device may receive a user search instruction when a shaking operation is detected and a user search voice is detected.
  • step 504 the recording device generates a user random pull request according to the second time point when the user search instruction is received, and sends the user random pull request to the server.
  • the user random pull request is used to request the second live room recorded for the recording device to randomly pull in the user, so as to send the data stream of the second live room to the display device of the pulled user, to simulate the user's transmission to the second live room effect.
  • the user's random pull-in request may carry the anchor identifier of the anchor logged in by the recording device.
  • the anchor identifier is used to indicate the corresponding anchor, and may include the ID and name of the anchor.
  • the second time point refers to the time point at which the recording device receives the user search instruction.
  • the second time point can be used by the server to match the user identification with the host identification so as to pull the user corresponding to the matched user identification into the second live room.
  • the recording device may acquire the current time point as the second time point and generate a user random pull request according to the second time point.
  • generating the user random pull request may include the following manner one or manner two.
  • Method 1 Carry the second time point in the user's random pull request.
  • a time point field may be set in the user's random pull request, the time point field is used to carry the time point when the user search instruction is received, and the first time point may be written in the time period field.
  • Method 2 Obtain the second time window at the second time point, and carry the second time window in the user's random pull request.
  • the second time window refers to the time window where the second time point is located.
  • the time window can be divided according to requirements.
  • a time window field may be set in the user's random pull request, and the time window field is used to carry the time window at the time point when the user search instruction is received, and the second time is written in the time window field point.
  • the method for generating the user's random pull request may include: generating the user's random pull request according to the second time point when the user search instruction is received and the second additional matching information.
  • the second additional matching information refers to additional matching information corresponding to the user ID logged in by the recording device.
  • the second additional matching information can be used by the server to match the user ID with the anchor ID based on the information in other dimensions based on the time dimension.
  • the manner of acquiring the second additional matching information may include any one or more of the following (1) to (10).
  • the second geographic location refers to the geographic location where the recording device is currently located.
  • the second anchor attribute information is used to indicate the attribute of the anchor corresponding to the anchor identifier registered by the recording device, and may include at least one of the anchor's education, region, age, social class, gender, job type, job nature, wealth status, and debt status item.
  • the second historical behavior record is used to indicate the historical behavior of the anchor corresponding to the anchor identifier registered by the recording device, and may include, for example, at least one of the number, frequency, and trigger time of the historical behavior.
  • the second historical operation record refers to the historical operation record of the recording device, and the second historical operation record is used to record information generated during the historical operation of the recording device.
  • the second historical operation record may include an identification of the live broadcast room recorded by the recording device history, an application program that the recording device has historically operated, and the like.
  • the second anchor type refers to the anchor type corresponding to the registered anchor ID.
  • the second anchor type can be determined according to the personal input operation of the anchor, or can be determined by the server according to the live content uploaded by the anchor ID history.
  • the second live content type refers to the type of live content input on the recording device.
  • the second live content type may be determined according to the input operation of the host, or may be determined by the server according to the live content uploaded by the host logo history.
  • the anchor keyword is used to match the corresponding anchor so as to switch to the corresponding anchor's live broadcast room.
  • the anchor keyword can be sent by the server to the recording device.
  • the anchor keywords may be "gufeng”, “humor”, “cute”, etc.
  • the live content keyword is used to indicate the live content of the second live broadcast room.
  • step 505 when the server receives the random switching request between the live broadcast of the display device and the user's random pull request of the recording device, the first time point and the second time are determined according to the random switching request between the live broadcast and the user's random pull request The points meet the matching conditions.
  • the matching condition is used to indicate whether the first time point matches the second time point, thereby indicating whether the user ID and the anchor ID match, and then indicating whether the display device of the logged-in user ID switches the live broadcast room displaying the anchor ID.
  • the matching condition may include: the time stamp between the first time point and the second time point is less than a time difference threshold; accordingly, step 505 may include: acquiring the time difference between the first time point and the second time point To determine that the time difference is less than the time difference threshold.
  • the random switch request in the live broadcast room can be parsed to obtain the first time point carried in the random switch request in the live broadcast room; the user random pull request can be parsed to obtain the user random pull in The second point in time carried in the request.
  • the matching condition may include: the first time window at the first time point overlaps with the second time window at the second time point; accordingly, step 505 may include: acquiring the first time point The first time window and the second time window between the second time point determine that the first time window overlaps the second time window.
  • the overlapping of the first time window and the second time window may include that the first time window contains the second time window, the second time window contains the first time window, the first time window crosses the second time window, and so on.
  • the display device carries a time window in the random switching request in the live broadcast room, it can parse the random switch request in the live broadcast room to obtain the first time window carried in the random switch request in the live broadcast room ; If the recording device carries a time window in the user's random pull request, it can parse the user's random pull request to obtain the second time window carried in the user's random pull request. If the display device carries a time point during the random switching request in the live broadcast, it can parse the random switch request in the live broadcast to obtain the first time point carried in the random switch request in the live broadcast, obtain the time window in which the first time point is located, and obtain the first time.
  • the recording device if it carries a time point when the user randomly pulls in the request, it can parse the user's random pull request to obtain the second time point carried by the user's random pull request, obtain the time window where the second time point is located, and obtain the first Two time windows.
  • the server may determine that the first time point and the second time point meet the matching conditions according to the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull-in request, and determine the first additional matching information corresponding to the display device and the third corresponding to the recording device 2.
  • the additional matching information meets the additional matching conditions.
  • determining that the first additional matching information corresponding to the display device and the second additional matching information corresponding to the recording device meet the additional matching conditions may include the following (1) to (10):
  • (2) may include: obtaining a matching degree between the first user attribute information and the second user attribute information, and determining that the matching degree is less than a matching degree threshold.
  • (3) may include: obtaining a matching degree between the first historical behavior record and the first historical behavior record, and determining that the matching degree is less than a matching degree threshold.
  • (4) may include: obtaining a degree of matching between the first social relationship information and the second social relationship, and determining that the degree of matching is less than a matching degree threshold.
  • (5) may include: obtaining a matching degree between the first historical running record and the second historical running record, and determining that the matching degree is less than the matching degree threshold.
  • (6) may include: determining that the first anchor type is the same as the second anchor type.
  • (7) may include: determining that the first live broadcast content type is the same as the second live broadcast content type.
  • (8) may include: determining that the first anchor keyword is the same as the second anchor keyword. For another example, (8) may include: obtaining a matching degree between the first anchor keyword and the second anchor keyword, and determining that the matching degree is greater than a matching threshold.
  • the target anchor identification is selected from the plurality of anchor identifications, so as to match the user identification with the target anchor identification, and then send the first data stream of the recording device logged in the target anchor identification to the display device.
  • the matching priority is used to indicate the priority of matching the user identification with the corresponding anchor identification. A higher matching priority indicates that the corresponding anchor identification matches the user identification and the higher the probability of selecting the corresponding anchor identification.
  • the process of selecting the target anchor identifier by matching priorities can be achieved through the following steps one and two:
  • Step 1 Acquire the matching priority of the anchor identifiers registered by the multiple recording devices according to at least one of the attribute information of the anchors registered by the multiple recording devices and the behavior record.
  • step one may include any one or more of the following manner one to manner four.
  • the matching priorities involved in the following modes 1 to 4 are referred to as a first matching priority, a second matching priority, a third matching priority, and a fourth matching priority, respectively.
  • Method 1 Acquire the first matching priority of the multiple anchor identifiers according to the historical continuous wheat time corresponding to the multiple anchor identifiers.
  • the time difference between the historical continuous wheat time and the current time may be obtained according to the historical continuous wheat time and the current time
  • the first matching priority may be obtained according to the time difference. The larger the time difference, the first matching priority The higher.
  • the time difference between the historical continuous time and the current time is less than 3 days, a high matching priority can be obtained, and if the time difference between the historical continuous time and the current time is not less than 30 days, a low matching priority can be obtained .
  • Manner 2 According to the current number of users in the second live broadcast room with multiple anchor identifiers, second matching priorities of multiple anchor identifiers are obtained.
  • the first correspondence between the current number of people in the live broadcast room and the second matching priority may be queried according to the current number of people in the live broadcast room to obtain the second matching priority corresponding to the current number of live broadcast rooms.
  • the first correspondence relationship includes at least one current live broadcast room number and at least one second matching priority, and the smaller the first correspondence relationship, the smaller the current live broadcast room number corresponds to the second matching priority. For example, if the number of people in the live broadcast room is 0, the second matching priority is 10. If the number of people in the live broadcast room is 10, then the second matching priority is 0. If the number of current live broadcast rooms is more than 10, the second matching priority is 0.
  • Method 3 Acquire the third matching priority of the multiple anchor identifiers according to the traffic corresponding to the multiple anchor identifiers.
  • the second correspondence between the traffic and the third matching priority may be queried according to the traffic to obtain the third matching priority corresponding to the traffic.
  • the second correspondence includes at least one flow and at least one third matching priority, and the smaller the flow in the second correspondence, the higher the third matching priority. For example, if the traffic is 100, the third matching priority is 10, and if the traffic is 100,000, the third matching priority is 0.
  • Manner 4 According to the income corresponding to the multiple anchor identifiers, obtain the fourth matching priority of the multiple anchor identifiers.
  • the third correspondence between the income and the fourth matching priority may be queried according to the income to obtain the fourth matching priority corresponding to the income.
  • the third correspondence relationship includes at least one income and at least one fourth matching priority, and the lower the income in the third correspondence relationship, the higher the fourth matching priority. For example, if the income is 1000, the fourth matching priority is 10, and the income is 100,000, then the fourth matching priority is 0.
  • Step 2 According to the matching priority of the anchors logged in by multiple recording devices, select the target anchor with the highest matching priority from the anchors logged in by multiple recording devices.
  • the anchors logged in by multiple recording devices can be sorted according to the order of matching priority from high to low. From among the anchors logged in by multiple recording devices, the target anchor with the highest matching priority can be selected. The device sends the first data stream of the second live broadcast room corresponding to the target anchor identification.
  • the effects achieved can include at least:
  • the success rate of matching small anchors, new anchors, and users can be improved, thereby activating the interaction in the small live broadcast room and providing users with a sense of non-repetitive freshness.
  • a candidate pool can be used to cache a large number of anchor identifiers, so as to solve the problem of high concurrency of random user pull requests.
  • the user's random pull request may be parsed to obtain the anchor identifier of the recording device login carried by the user's random pull request, and the anchor identifier may be added to the first candidate pool.
  • the first candidate pool is used to store the anchor identification of the user ID to be matched.
  • the first candidate pool may be implemented by any storage resource, for example, it may be a list of anchor identifications.
  • the anchor identification can be obtained from the first candidate pool.
  • the anchor identifier of the second time point in the first candidate pool that matches the first time point with the matching condition may be queried. For example, it is possible to traverse each anchor identifier in the first candidate pool, and sequentially determine whether the second time point of each anchor identifier and the first time point meet the matching condition until the second time that matches the matching condition with the first time point is determined Point to determine the anchor identifier corresponding to the second time point.
  • the anchor identifier in the first candidate pool can be deleted, thereby saving storage resources of the first candidate pool.
  • a candidate pool can be used to cache a large number of user IDs, thereby solving the problem of high concurrency of random switching requests between live broadcasts.
  • the random switch request in the live broadcast room can be parsed to obtain the user ID for the display device login carried in the random switch request in the live broadcast room, and the user ID can be added to the second candidate pool.
  • the second candidate pool is used to store the user ID of the anchor ID to be matched, and the second candidate pool may be implemented by any storage resource, for example, it may be a user ID list.
  • the user identification can be obtained from the second candidate pool.
  • the user identifier of the first time point and the second time point in the second candidate pool that meet the matching condition may be queried. For example, it is possible to traverse each user ID in the second candidate pool, and sequentially determine whether the first time point and the second time point of each user ID meet the matching condition until the first time that matches the matching condition with the second time point is determined Point to determine the user ID corresponding to the first time point.
  • the user ID in the second candidate pool can be deleted, thereby saving storage resources of the second candidate pool.
  • step 506 the recording device sends the first data stream of the second live broadcast room to the server.
  • the first data stream refers to a data stream in a second live broadcast room.
  • the first data stream may include at least one of an audio stream and a video stream.
  • the audio stream can be collected by the microphone of the recording device, and the video stream can be captured by the camera of the recording device.
  • step 507 the server receives the first data stream of the second live room of the recording device and sends the first data stream to the display device.
  • step 508 when the display device receives the first data stream, the display device switches the first live room to the second live room according to the first data stream.
  • the display device may perform audio playback or video playback according to the first data stream.
  • audio playback can be performed according to the audio stream, so that the user can hear the sound of the anchor
  • video playback can be performed according to the video stream, so that the user can see the screen of the anchor.
  • Lianmai live broadcast refers to the live broadcaster performing live audio and video interaction with at least one viewer in the live broadcast during the live broadcast, while other viewers in the live broadcast can listen to and/or watch the interactive process.
  • the anchor and Lianmai live viewers can listen to each other’s audio and watch the other party’s picture, and the audio and screen of the anchor and Lianmai live viewers will be synthesized, and other viewers other than Lianmai live viewers in the live room can Listen to the synthesized audio and watch the synthesized picture.
  • the screen of the anchor can be displayed in full screen or in a large area in the live broadcast room, and the screen of the audience of Lianmai Live can be displayed in the small and medium area of the live broadcast room.
  • the function of providing Lianmai live broadcast can be implemented through the following steps 1 to 5:
  • Step 1 The display device sends a second data stream to the server.
  • the second data stream refers to a data stream recorded by the display device.
  • the second data stream may include at least one of an audio stream and a video stream.
  • Step 2 The server receives the second data stream of the display device.
  • Step 3 The server synthesizes the second data stream and the first data stream to obtain a third data stream.
  • the third data stream is a data stream composed of the first data stream and the second data stream of the display device.
  • Step 4 The server sends a third data stream to the recording device and the display device.
  • Step 5 The recording device and the display device receive the third data stream of the server, and perform audio playback or video playback based on the third data stream.
  • the recording device performs audio playback based on the third data stream to enable the anchor to hear the user's voice in real time
  • the display device performs audio playback based on the third data stream to enable the user to hear the host's voice in real time, thereby achieving the second live broadcast Intermittently the effect of Lianmai voice.
  • the recording device performs video playback based on the third data stream to enable the anchor to see the user's picture in real time
  • the display device performs video playback based on the third data stream to enable the user to see the anchor's picture in real time, thereby achieving the second live broadcast Intermittent video effect.
  • an authentication function may be provided for providing Lianmai live broadcast, and the authentication function may be implemented through the following steps one to five,
  • Step 1 The display device generates a data stream synthesis request
  • the data stream synthesis request is used to request the establishment of Lianmai live broadcast with the target anchor.
  • the data stream synthesis request may carry the user ID of the user who is logged in by the display device.
  • the data stream synthesis request may include at least one of an audio stream synthesis request and a video stream synthesis request.
  • timing of sending the data stream composition request may include any one or more of the following combinations of (1) to (2):
  • the display device When the display device starts the second live broadcast room, the display device sends a data stream synthesis request to the recording device.
  • the display device can automatically send a data stream synthesis request to the recording device when starting the second live broadcast room, so as to achieve the effect of live broadcast with the target anchor while entering the second live broadcast room, simulating the user to send to the randomly matched anchor The live broadcast room, and began to carry out the effect of random wheat with the randomly matched anchor.
  • the display device may send a data stream synthesis request to the recording device when receiving the first random matching result, or may send a data stream synthesis request to the recording device when receiving the data stream from the recording device. No limitation.
  • the display device When the display device receives the Lianmai instruction, the display device sends a data stream synthesis request to the recording device.
  • the continuous wheat command is used to instruct continuous wheat with the target anchor.
  • the continuous wheat command can be triggered by the user's continuous wheat operation.
  • the display device may display the continuous microphone control.
  • the confirmation operation of the continuous microphone control may receive the continuous microphone instruction and send a data stream synthesis request to the recording device.
  • the Lianmai control can be provided as any type of UI interface element, for example, the Lianmai control can be a button, switch, entrance, menu, etc.
  • the confirmation operation of the Lianmai control may include a click operation, a sliding operation, a long press operation, and the like.
  • Step 2 The display device sends a data stream synthesis request to the server.
  • Step 3 The server receives the data stream synthesis request of the display device.
  • Step 4 The server sends a data stream synthesis authentication message to the recording device.
  • Step 5 The recording device receives the server's data stream synthesis authentication message.
  • Step 6 The recording device synthesizes authentication information according to the data stream, and prompts whether the data stream is synthesized.
  • the recording device can display prompt information, play prompt audio, etc. For example, you can display "XX viewers want to speak with you, please confirm whether you agree”. If the anchor agrees to perform live broadcasting with the user, the confirmation operation can be triggered on the recording device.
  • the recording device can receive the data stream synthesis confirmation instruction according to the user's confirmation operation and send the data stream synthesis consent message to the display device.
  • Step 7 The recording device receives the data stream synthesis confirmation instruction.
  • Step 8 The recording device sends a data stream synthesis approval message to the server.
  • Step 9 The server sends a data stream synthesis approval message to the recording device.
  • Step 10 The display device receives the data stream synthesis consent message from the server.
  • the display device When the display device receives the data stream synthesis consent message, it can sense that the anchor has agreed to connect with the user, then it can collect the data stream, obtain the second data stream, and send the second data stream to the server so that the server can use the second data
  • the stream performs the steps of data stream synthesis described above.
  • the method provided in this embodiment provides a novel way to switch live broadcast rooms, which can realize the function of randomly transmitting users from the live broadcast rooms where they are currently located to the live broadcast rooms of other anchors searching for users.
  • due to the randomness of the matched anchors it can bring new feelings to users.
  • Fig. 6 is a block diagram of a logical structure of a device for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • the apparatus for switching between live broadcasts can be applied to the display device in the foregoing embodiment, including:
  • the receiving module 601 is used to receive a switching instruction of the live broadcast room during the process of displaying the first live broadcast room;
  • the generating module 602 is configured to generate a random switching request for the live broadcasting room according to the first time point when the switching instruction for the live broadcasting room is received.
  • the random switching request for the live broadcasting room is used to request the first live broadcasting room to be switched to the second live broadcasting room.
  • the second time point of the second live room meets the matching condition, and the second time point is the time point when the recording device of the second live room receives the user search instruction;
  • the sending module 603 is used to send a random switching request between live broadcasts to the server;
  • the receiving module 601 is also used to receive the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the server;
  • the switching module 604 is configured to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room according to the first data stream.
  • the generating module 602 is configured to: carry the first time point in the random switching request in the live broadcast room; or, acquire the first time window in which the first time point is located, in the random switching request in the live broadcast room Carry the first time window.
  • the generation module 602 is configured to:
  • a random live room switching request is generated.
  • the device is further configured to perform at least one of the following steps:
  • At least one anchor keyword is displayed, and when it is detected that any anchor keyword is selected, the selected anchor keyword is used as the first additional matching information;
  • At least one live content keyword is displayed, and when it is detected that any live content keyword is selected, the selected live content keyword is used as the first additional matching information;
  • At least one search hotspot information is displayed, and when it is detected that any search hotspot information is selected, the selected search hotspot information is used as the first additional matching information.
  • the sending module 603 is further configured to send the second data stream to the server;
  • the receiving module 601 is further configured to receive a third data stream of the server, where the third data stream is a data stream composed of the first data stream and the second data stream;
  • the device also includes a playback module for audio playback or video playback according to the third data stream.
  • the sending module 603 is further configured to send a data stream synthesis request to the server;
  • the receiving module 601 is also used to receive a data stream synthesis consent message from the server.
  • the live broadcast switching command is triggered by the confirmation operation of the live broadcast switching control displayed in the first live broadcast room; or,
  • the switching command between live broadcasts is triggered by shaking operations; or,
  • the live broadcast switching command is triggered by the live broadcast switching voice.
  • Fig. 7 is a block diagram of a logical structure of a device for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • the apparatus for switching between live broadcasts can be applied to the recording device in the foregoing embodiment, including:
  • the receiving module 701 is used to receive user search instructions during the process of displaying the second live broadcast room;
  • the generating module 702 is configured to generate a user random pull request according to the second time point when the user search instruction is received, and the live room random switching request is used to request the first live room to be switched to the second live room.
  • the second time point of the second live room meets the matching condition with the first time point, and the second time point is the time point when the recording device of the second live room receives the user search instruction;
  • the sending module 703 is used to send a random user pull request to the server;
  • the sending module 703 is further configured to send the first data stream of the second live broadcast room to the server.
  • the generating module 702 is configured to: carry the second time point in the user's random pull request; or, obtain the second time window in which the second time point is located, in the user's random pull request Carry a second time window.
  • the generating module 702 is configured to: generate a user random pull request according to the second time point when the user search instruction is received and the second additional matching information.
  • the device is further configured to perform at least one of the following steps:
  • the receiving module 701 is also used to receive a third data stream of the server, where the third data stream is a data stream composed of the first data stream and the second data stream of the display device;
  • the device also includes a playback module for audio playback or video playback based on the third data stream.
  • the device further includes:
  • the receiving module 701 is also used to receive the data stream synthesis authentication message of the server;
  • the prompting module is used for synthesizing the authentication information according to the data stream and prompting whether the data stream is synthesized;
  • the receiving module 701 is also used to receive a data stream synthesis confirmation instruction
  • the device further includes:
  • the display module is used to display the user search control when the current number of users in the second live room meets the preset conditions; and hide the user search control when the current number of users in the second live room does not meet the preset conditions.
  • the user search instruction is triggered by confirming the user search control displayed in the second live room; or,
  • User search command is triggered by shaking operation
  • the user search instruction is triggered by the user search voice.
  • Fig. 8 is a block diagram of a logical structure of a device for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • the device for switching between live broadcasts can be applied to the server in the foregoing embodiment, including:
  • the receiving module 801 is configured to receive a random switching request of the live broadcast room of the display device in the first live broadcast room, and receive a random pull-in request of the user of the recording device of the second live broadcast room;
  • the determining module 802 is configured to determine that the first time point when the display device receives the live switch command and the second time point when the recording device receives the user search command meet the matching conditions according to the random switch request between the live broadcast and the user's random pull request.
  • the receiving module 801 is also used to receive the first data stream of the second live room of the recording device;
  • the sending module 803 is configured to send a first data stream to the display device.
  • the first data stream is used by the display device to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room.
  • the determining module 802 is configured to: obtain the time difference between the first time point and the second time point, and determine that the time difference is less than the time difference threshold; or, obtain the first time window in which the first time point is located And a second time window between the second time points, it is determined that the first time window overlaps with the second time window.
  • the determining module 802 is further configured to determine that the first additional matching information corresponding to the display device and the second additional matching information corresponding to the recording device meet additional matching conditions.
  • the determination module 802 is configured to perform at least one of the following steps:
  • the number of the second live broadcast room is multiple
  • the determination module 802 is configured to: according to the random switch request in the live broadcast room and the user's random pull-in request, determine the first time point of the display device and multiple recordings The second time point corresponding to the device meets the matching conditions;
  • the device also includes:
  • the selection module is used to select the target anchor identification among the multiple anchor identifications according to the matching priority of the anchor identifications registered by multiple recording devices;
  • Send the first data stream to the display device including:
  • the sending module 803 is further configured to send the first data stream of the second live broadcast room corresponding to the target anchor identifier to the display device.
  • a module is selected to perform at least one of the following steps:
  • the fourth matching priority of the plurality of anchor identifiers is obtained. The less the income corresponding to the anchor identifier, the higher the fourth matching priority.
  • the receiving module 801 is further configured to receive the second data stream of the display device
  • the device further includes: a synthesis module, which is also used to synthesize the second data stream and the first data stream to obtain a third data stream;
  • the sending module 803 is also used to send the third data stream to the recording device and the display device.
  • the receiving module 801 is further configured to receive a data stream synthesis request of the display device;
  • the sending module 803 is also used to send a data stream synthesis authentication message to the recording device;
  • the receiving module 801 is also used to receive the data stream synthesis consent message of the display device;
  • the sending module 803 is also used to send a data stream synthesis consent message to the recording device.
  • the device further includes:
  • An adding module used to add the anchor identification of the recording device to the first candidate pool, and the first candidate pool is used to store the anchor identification of the user ID to be matched;
  • the obtaining module is used to obtain the anchor identifier from the first candidate pool.
  • the device further includes:
  • the deleting module is used to delete the anchor identifier in the first candidate pool.
  • the device further includes:
  • An adding module used to add the user ID of the display device login to the second candidate pool, and the second candidate pool is used to store the user ID of the host ID to be matched;
  • the obtaining module is used to obtain the user identifier from the second candidate pool.
  • the device further includes:
  • the deletion module is used to delete the user identifier in the second candidate pool.
  • FIG. 9 shows a structural block diagram of a terminal 900 provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal 900 may be: a smartphone, a tablet computer, a motion picture expert compression standard audio level 3 (Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3, MP3 player), a motion picture expert compression standard audio level 4 (Moving Pictures Experts Group Group Audio Layer IV , MP4) player, laptop or desktop computer.
  • the terminal 900 may also be called other names such as user equipment, portable terminal, laptop terminal, and desktop terminal.
  • the terminal 900 includes a processor 901 and a memory 902.
  • the processor 901 may include one or more processing cores, such as a 4-core processor, an 8-core processor, and so on.
  • the processor 901 can adopt at least one hardware form of digital signal processing (Digital Signal Processing, DSP), field programmable gate array (Field-Programmable Gate Array, FPGA), and programmable logic array (Programmable Logic Array, PLA). achieve.
  • the processor 901 may also include a main processor and a coprocessor.
  • the main processor is a processor for processing data in a wake-up state, also called a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU); the coprocessor is A low-power processor for processing data in the standby state.
  • CPU Central Processing Unit
  • the processor 901 may be integrated with a graphics processor (Graphics, Processing, Unit, GPU), and the GPU is used to render and draw content that needs to be displayed on the display screen.
  • the processor 901 may further include an artificial intelligence (Artificial Intelligence, AI) processor.
  • AI Artificial Intelligence
  • the AI processor is used to process computing operations related to machine learning.
  • the memory 902 may include one or more computer-readable storage media, which may be non-transitory.
  • the memory 902 may also include high-speed random access memory, as well as non-volatile memory, such as one or more disk storage devices and flash storage devices.
  • the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium in the memory 902 is used to store at least one instruction for execution by the processor 901 to implement the display device provided by the method embodiment in the present application Or the live broadcast switching method performed by the recording device.
  • the terminal 900 may optionally include a peripheral device interface 903 and at least one peripheral device.
  • the processor 901, the memory 902, and the peripheral device interface 903 may be connected by a bus or a signal line.
  • Each peripheral device may be connected to the peripheral device interface 903 through a bus, a signal line, or a circuit board.
  • the peripheral device includes: at least one of a radio frequency circuit 904, a touch display screen 905, a camera 906, an audio circuit 907, a positioning component 908, and a power supply 909.
  • the peripheral device interface 903 may be used to connect at least one peripheral device related to input/output (Input/Output, I/O) to the processor 901 and the memory 902.
  • the processor 901, the memory 902, and the peripheral device interface 903 are integrated on the same chip or circuit board; in some other embodiments, any one of the processor 901, the memory 902, and the peripheral device interface 903 or Both can be implemented on a separate chip or circuit board, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the radio frequency circuit 904 is used to receive and transmit radio frequency (Radio Frequency, RF) signals, also called electromagnetic signals.
  • the radio frequency circuit 904 communicates with a communication network and other communication devices through electromagnetic signals.
  • the radio frequency circuit 904 converts the electrical signal into an electromagnetic signal for transmission, or converts the received electromagnetic signal into an electrical signal.
  • the radio frequency circuit 904 includes: an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, an oscillator, a digital signal processor, a codec chipset, a user identity module card, and so on.
  • the radio frequency circuit 904 can communicate with other terminals through at least one wireless communication protocol.
  • the wireless communication protocols include, but are not limited to: the World Wide Web, a metropolitan area network, an intranet, each generation mobile communication network (2G, 3G, 4G and. 5G), wireless LAN and / or wireless fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, WiFi) network.
  • the radio frequency circuit 904 may further include a circuit related to near field communication (Near Field Communication, NFC), which is not limited in this application.
  • NFC Near Field Communication
  • the display screen 905 is used to display a user interface (User Interface, UI).
  • the UI may include graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof.
  • the display screen 905 also has the ability to collect touch signals on or above the surface of the display screen 905.
  • the touch signal can be input to the processor 901 as a control signal for processing.
  • the display screen 905 can also be used to provide virtual buttons and/or virtual keyboards, also called soft buttons and/or soft keyboards.
  • the display screen 905 may be one, and the front panel of the terminal 900 is provided; in other embodiments, the display screen 905 may be at least two, which are respectively provided on different surfaces of the terminal 900 or in a folded design; In still other embodiments, the display screen 905 may be a flexible display screen, which is disposed on the curved surface or the folding surface of the terminal 900. Even, the display screen 905 can also be set as a non-rectangular irregular figure, that is, a special-shaped screen.
  • the display screen 905 can be made of liquid crystal display (Liquid Crystal) (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (Organic Light-Emitting Diode, OLED) and other materials.
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • OLED Organic Light-Emitting Diode
  • the camera component 906 is used to collect images or videos.
  • the camera assembly 906 includes a front camera and a rear camera.
  • the front camera is set on the front panel of the terminal, and the rear camera is set on the back of the terminal.
  • the camera assembly 906 may also include a flash.
  • the flash can be a single-color flash or a dual-color flash. Dual color temperature flash refers to the combination of warm light flash and cold light flash, which can be used for light compensation at different color temperatures.
  • the audio circuit 907 may include a microphone and a speaker.
  • the microphone is used to collect sound waves of the user and the environment, and convert the sound waves into electrical signals and input them to the processor 901 for processing, or input them to the radio frequency circuit 904 to implement voice communication.
  • the microphone can also be an array microphone or an omnidirectional acquisition microphone.
  • the speaker is used to convert the electrical signal from the processor 901 or the radio frequency circuit 904 into sound waves.
  • the speaker can be a traditional thin film speaker or a piezoelectric ceramic speaker.
  • the speaker When the speaker is a piezoelectric ceramic speaker, it can not only convert electrical signals into sound waves audible by humans, but also convert electrical signals into sound waves inaudible to humans for ranging and other purposes.
  • the audio circuit 907 may also include a headphone jack.
  • the positioning component 908 is used to locate the current geographic location of the terminal 900 to implement navigation or location-based services (Location Based Services, LBS).
  • the positioning component 908 may be a positioning component based on the Global Positioning System (GPS) of the United States, the Beidou system of China, or the Galileo system of Russia.
  • GPS Global Positioning System
  • the power supply 909 is used to supply power to various components in the terminal 900.
  • the power source 909 may be alternating current, direct current, disposable batteries, or rechargeable batteries.
  • the rechargeable battery may be a wired rechargeable battery or a wireless rechargeable battery.
  • the wired rechargeable battery is a battery charged through a wired line
  • the wireless rechargeable battery is a battery charged through a wireless coil.
  • the rechargeable battery can also be used to support fast charging technology.
  • the terminal 900 further includes one or more sensors 910.
  • the one or more sensors 910 include, but are not limited to: an acceleration sensor 911, a gyro sensor 912, a pressure sensor 913, a fingerprint sensor 914, an optical sensor 915, and a proximity sensor 916.
  • the acceleration sensor 911 can detect the magnitude of acceleration on the three coordinate axes of the coordinate system established with the terminal 900.
  • the acceleration sensor 911 may be used to detect the components of gravity acceleration on three coordinate axes.
  • the processor 901 may control the touch screen 905 to display the user interface in a landscape view or a portrait view according to the gravity acceleration signal collected by the acceleration sensor 911.
  • the acceleration sensor 911 can also be used for game or user movement data collection.
  • the gyro sensor 912 can detect the body direction and the rotation angle of the terminal 900, and the gyro sensor 912 can cooperate with the acceleration sensor 911 to collect a user's 3D motion on the terminal 900.
  • the processor 901 can realize the following functions according to the data collected by the gyro sensor 912: motion sensing (such as changing the UI according to the user's tilt operation), image stabilization during shooting, game control, and inertial navigation.
  • the pressure sensor 913 may be disposed on the side frame of the terminal 900 and/or the lower layer of the touch display 905.
  • the pressure sensor 913 can detect the user's grip signal on the terminal 900, and the processor 901 can perform left-right hand recognition or shortcut operation according to the grip signal collected by the pressure sensor 913.
  • the processor 901 controls the operability control on the UI interface according to the user's pressure operation on the touch screen 905.
  • the operability control includes at least one of a button control, a scroll bar control, an icon control, and a menu control.
  • the fingerprint sensor 914 is used to collect a user's fingerprint, and the processor 901 identifies the user's identity according to the fingerprint collected by the fingerprint sensor 914, or the fingerprint sensor 914 identifies the user's identity based on the collected fingerprint. When the user's identity is recognized as a trusted identity, the processor 901 authorizes the user to perform related sensitive operations, including unlocking the screen, viewing encrypted information, downloading software, paying, and changing settings.
  • the fingerprint sensor 914 may be provided on the front, back, or side of the terminal 900. When a physical button or manufacturer logo is provided on the terminal 900, the fingerprint sensor 914 may be integrated with the physical button or manufacturer logo.
  • the optical sensor 915 is used to collect ambient light intensity.
  • the processor 901 may control the display brightness of the touch display 905 according to the ambient light intensity collected by the optical sensor 915. Specifically, when the ambient light intensity is high, the display brightness of the touch display 905 is increased; when the ambient light intensity is low, the display brightness of the touch display 905 is decreased.
  • the processor 901 may also dynamically adjust the shooting parameters of the camera assembly 906 according to the ambient light intensity collected by the optical sensor 915.
  • the proximity sensor 916 also called a distance sensor, is usually provided on the front panel of the terminal 900.
  • the proximity sensor 916 is used to collect the distance between the user and the front of the terminal 900.
  • the processor 901 controls the touch display 905 to switch from the bright screen state to the breathing state; when the proximity sensor 916 detects When the distance from the user to the front of the terminal 900 gradually becomes larger, the processor 901 controls the touch display 905 to switch from the breath-hold state to the bright-screen state.
  • FIG. 9 does not constitute a limitation on the terminal 900, and may include more or fewer components than shown, or combine certain components, or adopt different component arrangements.
  • Fig. 10 is a block diagram of a logical structure of a server according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • the server 1000 may have a relatively large difference due to different configurations or performances, and may include one or more processors (central processing units). 1001 and one or more memories 1002, where at least one instruction is stored in the memory 1002, and the at least one instruction is loaded and executed by the processor 1001 to implement the method for switching between live broadcasts provided by the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the inter-switching method may include:
  • a user random pull request is generated, and the user random pull request is used to request to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room, the first live broadcast
  • the first time point between the first time point and the second time point meet the matching conditions, and the first time point is the time point when the display device in the first live room receives the live room switching instruction;
  • a computer-readable storage medium for example, a memory including instructions that can be executed by a processor to complete the live broadcast switching method in the foregoing embodiment, and the live broadcast switching method may include:
  • a live room random switching request is generated, and the live room random switching request is used to request to switch the first live room to a second live room, the second The second time point of the live broadcast room matches the first time point, and the second time point is the time point when the recording device of the second live broadcast room receives the user search instruction;
  • a computer-readable storage medium for example, a memory including instructions that can be executed by a processor to complete the live broadcast switching method in the foregoing embodiment, and the live broadcast switching method may include:
  • a user random pull request is generated, and the user random pull request is used to request to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room, the first live broadcast
  • the first time point between the first time point and the second time point meet the matching conditions, and the first time point is the time point when the display device in the first live room receives the live room switching instruction;
  • a computer-readable storage medium for example, a memory including instructions that can be executed by a processor to complete the live broadcast switching method in the foregoing embodiment, and the live broadcast switching method may include:
  • the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull request determine a first time point when the display device receives the switching command between live broadcasts and a second time that the recording device receives the user search instruction Time points meet the matching conditions;
  • an application program which includes one or more instructions, and the one or more instructions may be executed by a processor to complete the method for switching between live broadcasts provided in the above embodiments.
  • Methods can include:
  • a live room random switching request is generated, and the live room random switching request is used to request to switch the first live room to a second live room, the second The second time point of the live broadcast room matches the first time point, and the second time point is the time point when the recording device of the second live broadcast room receives the user search instruction;
  • an application program which includes one or more instructions, and the one or more instructions may be executed by a processor to complete the method for switching between live broadcasts provided in the above embodiments.
  • Methods can include:
  • a user random pull request is generated, and the user random pull request is used to request to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room, the first live broadcast
  • the first time point between the first time point and the second time point meet the matching conditions, and the first time point is the time point when the display device in the first live room receives the live room switching instruction;
  • an application program which includes one or more instructions, and the one or more instructions may be executed by a processor to complete the method for switching between live broadcasts provided in the above embodiments.
  • Methods can include:
  • the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull request determine a first time point when the display device receives the switching command between live broadcasts and a second time that the recording device receives the user search instruction Time points meet the matching conditions;

Abstract

The present application relates to the technical field of multimedia, and provides a live broadcast room switching method and apparatus, and a terminal, a server and a storage medium. The present application provides a novel live broadcast room switching mode for implementing the function of randomly transmitting a user from a currently located live broadcast room to live broadcast rooms of other anchors of a search user. In the live broadcast process, according to a first time point when a display device receives a live broadcast room switching instruction and a second time point when a recording device receives a user search instruction, anchors meeting the matching condition at the two time points are matched with the user, and the live broadcast room displayed at present is switched to the randomly matched live broadcast room of the anchor, so that the live broadcast room switching speed is increased, and the live broadcast room switching efficiency is improved. Moreover, since the matched anchor has randomness, a novel feeling can be brought to the user.

Description

直播间切换方法、装置、终端、服务器及存储介质Method, device, terminal, server and storage medium for switching between live broadcasts
本申请要求在2018年12月24日提交中国专利局、申请号为201811584182.6、发明名称为“直播间切换方法、装置、终端、服务器及存储介质”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application requires the priority of the Chinese patent application submitted to the Chinese Patent Office on December 24, 2018, with the application number 201811584182.6 and the invention titled "switching method, device, terminal, server and storage medium for live broadcast", all of which are approved by The reference is incorporated in this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及直播技术领域,尤其涉及一种直播间切换方法、装置、终端、服务器及存储介质。This application relates to the field of live broadcasting technology, and in particular, to a method, device, terminal, server, and storage medium for switching between live broadcasting.
背景技术Background technique
随着直播技术的发展,网络直播成为一种时尚而普遍的娱乐方式。在网络直播过程中,主播可以通过终端,在直播间中进行直播;用户可以通过终端进入主播的直播间,在直播间中收看主播的直播,如果用户不喜欢主播的直播,还可以切换直播间,从而收看其他主播的直播。With the development of live broadcasting technology, online live broadcasting has become a fashionable and universal entertainment method. During the live webcast, the anchor can broadcast live in the live room through the terminal; the user can enter the live broadcast room of the anchor through the terminal and watch the live broadcast of the anchor in the live room. If the user does not like the live broadcast of the anchor, the live room can also be switched To watch live broadcasts from other anchors.
以切换前的直播间称为第一直播间,切换后的直播间称为第二直播间为例,直播间切换方法通常为:终端展示第一直播间;当用户想要收看其他主播的直播间时,会点击直播间中的退出选项,则终端会接收到直播间退出指令,退出第一直播间;终端会展示直播间列表,该直播间列表包括多个直播间选项,用户会浏览直播间列表,从直播间列表中选择一个感兴趣的直播间,对该直播间对应的直播间选项触发确认操作;终端检测到对直播间选项的确认操作时,可以将该直播间选项对应的直播间视为用户要进入的直播间。Take the live broadcast room before switching as the first live broadcast room, and the switched live broadcast room as the second live broadcast room as an example. The switching method of the live broadcast room is usually as follows: the terminal shows the first live broadcast room; when the user wants to watch the live broadcast of other hosts At some time, you will click the exit option in the live room, and the terminal will receive the live room exit instruction and exit the first live room; the terminal will display the live room list, which includes multiple live room options, and the user will browse the live room Room list, select an interested live room from the live room list, and trigger the confirmation operation for the live room option corresponding to the live room; when the terminal detects the confirmation operation for the live room option, it can live The room is regarded as the live broadcast room the user wants to enter.
发明人意识到,采用上述方法进行直播间切换时,用户需要触发退出直播间、浏览直播间列表、从直播间列表中重新挑选直播间等一系列操作,终端才能切换直播间,导致切换直播间的速度较慢,切换直播间的效率较低。The inventor realized that when using the above method to switch between live rooms, the user needs to trigger a series of operations such as exiting the live room, browsing the live room list, and reselecting the live room from the live room list. The speed is slower and the efficiency of switching live rooms is lower.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种直播间切换方法、装置、终端、服务器及存储介质,能够克服相关技术中切换直播间速度过慢的问题。The present application provides a method, device, terminal, server, and storage medium for switching between live broadcast rooms, which can overcome the problem of too slow speed for switching live broadcast rooms in the related art.
根据本申请实施例的第一方面,提供一种直播间切换方法,包括:According to a first aspect of embodiments of the present application, a method for switching between live broadcasts is provided, including:
在展示第一直播间的过程中,接收直播间切换指令;In the process of displaying the first live broadcast room, receive the live broadcast room switching instruction;
根据接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点,生成直播间随机切换请求,所述直播 间随机切换请求用于请求将所述第一直播间切换为第二直播间,所述第二直播间的第二时间点与所述第一时间点符合匹配条件,所述第二时间点为所述第二直播间的录制设备接收到用户搜索指令的时间点;According to the first time point when the live room switching instruction is received, a live room random switching request is generated, and the live room random switching request is used to request to switch the first live room to a second live room, the second The second time point of the live broadcast room matches the first time point, and the second time point is the time point when the recording device of the second live broadcast room receives the user search instruction;
向服务器发送所述直播间随机切换请求;Send the random switching request for the live room to the server;
接收所述服务器的第二直播间的第一数据流;Receiving the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the server;
根据所述第一数据流,将所述第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间。Switching the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room according to the first data stream.
根据本申请实施例的第二方面,提供一种直播间切换方法,包括:According to a second aspect of the embodiments of the present application, a method for switching between live broadcasts is provided, including:
在展示第二直播间的过程中,接收用户搜索指令;In the process of displaying the second live broadcast room, receiving user search instructions;
根据接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点,生成用户随机拉入请求,所述用户随机拉入请求用于请求将第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间,所述第一直播间的第一时间点与所述第二时间点符合匹配条件,所述第一时间点为所述第一直播间的展示设备接收到直播间切换指令的时间点;According to the second time point when the user search instruction is received, a user random pull request is generated, and the user random pull request is used to request to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room, the first live broadcast The first time point between the first time point and the second time point meet the matching conditions, and the first time point is the time point when the display device in the first live room receives the live room switching instruction;
向服务器发送所述用户随机拉入请求;Send the user a random pull request to the server;
向所述服务器发送所述第二直播间的第一数据流。Sending the first data stream of the second live broadcast room to the server.
根据本申请实施例的第三方面,提供一种直播间切换方法,包括:According to a third aspect of the embodiments of the present application, a method for switching between live broadcasts is provided, including:
接收第一直播间的展示设备的直播间随机切换请求,接收第二直播间的录制设备的用户随机拉入请求;Receiving a random switching request from the live broadcast room of the display device in the first live broadcast room, and receiving a random pull-in request from the user of the recording device in the second live broadcast room;
根据所述直播间随机切换请求以及所述用户随机拉入请求,确定所述展示设备接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点与所述录制设备接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点符合匹配条件;According to the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull request, determine a first time point when the display device receives the switching command between live broadcasts and a second time that the recording device receives the user search instruction Time points meet the matching conditions;
接收所述录制设备的第二直播间的第一数据流;Receiving the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the recording device;
向所述展示设备发送所述第一数据流,所述第一数据流用于供所述展示设备将所述第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间。Sending the first data stream to the display device, where the first data stream is used by the display device to switch the first live room to the second live room.
根据本申请实施例的第四方面,提供一种直播间切换装置,包括:According to a fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present application, a device for switching between live broadcasts is provided, including:
接收模块,用于在展示第一直播间的过程中,接收直播间切换指令;The receiving module is used for receiving the switching instruction of the live broadcasting room during the process of displaying the first live broadcasting room;
生成模块,用于根据接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点,生成直播间随机切换请求,所述直播间随机切换请求用于请求将所述第一直播间切换为第二直播间,所述第二直播间的第二时间点与所述第一时间点符合匹配条件,所述第二时间点为所述第二直播间的录制设备接收到用户搜索指令的时间点;A generating module, configured to generate a random switching request for the live broadcasting room according to the first time point when the live broadcasting room switching instruction is received, and the random switching request for the live broadcasting room is used to request to switch the first live broadcasting room to the second live broadcasting room , The second time point of the second live room matches the first time point, and the second time point is the time point when the recording device of the second live room receives the user search instruction;
发送模块,用于向服务器发送所述直播间随机切换请求;A sending module, configured to send the random switching request between live broadcasts to the server;
所述接收模块,还用于接收所述服务器的第二直播间的第一数据流;The receiving module is further configured to receive the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the server;
切换模块,用于根据所述第一数据流,将所述第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间。The switching module is configured to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room according to the first data stream.
在一种可能实施方式中,所述生成模块,用于:在所述直播间随机切换请求中携带所 述第一时间点;或者,获取所述第一时间点所处的第一时间窗口,在所述直播间随机切换请求中携带所述第一时间窗口。In a possible implementation manner, the generating module is configured to: carry the first time point in the random switching request between live broadcasts; or, acquire the first time window in which the first time point is located, The first time window is carried in the random switching request in the live broadcast room.
根据本申请实施例的第五方面,提供一种直播间切换装置,包括:According to a fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present application, a device for switching between live broadcasts is provided, including:
接收模块,用于在展示第二直播间的过程中,接收用户搜索指令;The receiving module is used for receiving user search instructions during the process of displaying the second live broadcast room;
生成模块,用于根据接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点,生成用户随机拉入请求所述用户随机拉入请求用于请求将第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间,所述第一直播间的第一时间点与所述第二时间点符合匹配条件,所述第一时间点为所述第一直播间的展示设备接收到直播间切换指令的时间点;The generating module is configured to generate a user random pull request according to the second time point when the user search instruction is received. The user random pull request is used to request to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room. The first time point of the first live broadcast room matches the matching condition with the second time point, and the first time point is the time point when the display device of the first live broadcast room receives the live broadcast room switching instruction;
发送模块,用于向服务器发送所述用户随机拉入请求;A sending module, configured to send the user random pull request to the server;
所述发送模块,还用于向所述服务器发送所述第二直播间的第一数据流。The sending module is further configured to send the first data stream of the second live broadcast room to the server.
根据本申请实施例的第六方面,提供一种直播间切换装置,包括:According to a sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present application, a device for switching between live broadcasts is provided, including:
接收模块,用于接收第一直播间的展示设备的直播间随机切换请求,接收第二直播间的录制设备的用户随机拉入请求;The receiving module is used to receive a random switching request of the live broadcast room of the display device in the first live broadcast room, and receive a random pull-in request of the user of the recording device of the second live broadcast room;
确定模块,用于根据所述直播间随机切换请求以及所述用户随机拉入请求,确定所述展示设备接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点与所述录制设备接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点符合匹配条件;A determining module, configured to determine, according to the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull request, the first time point when the display device receives the switching command between live broadcasts and the recording device receive the user The second time point of the search instruction meets the matching conditions;
所述接收模块,还用于接收所述录制设备的第二直播间的第一数据流;The receiving module is further configured to receive the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the recording device;
发送模块,用于向所述展示设备发送所述第一数据流,所述第一数据流用于供所述展示设备将所述第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间。The sending module is configured to send the first data stream to the display device, where the first data stream is used by the display device to switch the first live room to the second live room.
根据本申请实施例的第七方面,提供一种终端,该终端包括:According to a seventh aspect of the embodiments of the present application, a terminal is provided. The terminal includes:
处理器;processor;
用于存储处理器可执行指令的存储器;Memory for storing processor executable instructions;
其中,所述处理器被配置为:Wherein, the processor is configured to:
在展示第一直播间的过程中,接收直播间切换指令;In the process of displaying the first live broadcast room, receive the live broadcast room switching instruction;
根据接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点,生成直播间随机切换请求,所述直播间随机切换请求用于请求将所述第一直播间切换为第二直播间,所述第二直播间的第二时间点与所述第一时间点符合匹配条件,所述第二时间点为所述第二直播间的录制设备接收到用户搜索指令的时间点;According to the first time point when the live room switching instruction is received, a live room random switching request is generated, and the live room random switching request is used to request to switch the first live room to a second live room, the second The second time point of the live broadcast room matches the first time point, and the second time point is the time point when the recording device of the second live broadcast room receives the user search instruction;
向服务器发送所述直播间随机切换请求;Send the random switching request for the live room to the server;
接收所述服务器的第二直播间的第一数据流;Receiving the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the server;
根据所述第一数据流,将所述第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间。Switching the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room according to the first data stream.
根据本申请实施例的第八方面,提供一种终端,该终端包括:According to an eighth aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a terminal is provided. The terminal includes:
处理器;processor;
用于存储处理器可执行指令的存储器;Memory for storing processor executable instructions;
其中,所述处理器被配置为:Wherein, the processor is configured to:
在展示第二直播间的过程中,接收用户搜索指令;In the process of displaying the second live broadcast room, receiving user search instructions;
根据接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点,生成用户随机拉入请求,所述用户随机拉入请求用于请求将第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间,所述第一直播间的第一时间点与所述第二时间点符合匹配条件,所述第一时间点为所述第一直播间的展示设备接收到直播间切换指令的时间点;According to the second time point when the user search instruction is received, a user random pull request is generated, and the user random pull request is used to request to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room, the first live broadcast The first time point between the first time point and the second time point meet the matching conditions, and the first time point is the time point when the display device in the first live room receives the live room switching instruction;
向服务器发送所述用户随机拉入请求;Send the user a random pull request to the server;
向所述服务器发送所述第二直播间的第一数据流。Sending the first data stream of the second live broadcast room to the server.
根据本申请实施例的第九方面,提供一种服务器,该服务器包括:According to a ninth aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a server is provided, the server including:
处理器;processor;
用于存储处理器可执行指令的存储器;Memory for storing processor executable instructions;
其中,所述处理器被配置为:Wherein, the processor is configured to:
接收第一直播间的展示设备的直播间随机切换请求,接收第二直播间的录制设备的用户随机拉入请求;Receiving a random switching request from the live broadcast room of the display device in the first live broadcast room, and receiving a random pull-in request from the user of the recording device in the second live broadcast room;
根据所述直播间随机切换请求以及所述用户随机拉入请求,确定所述展示设备接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点与所述录制设备接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点符合匹配条件;According to the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull request, determine a first time point when the display device receives the switching command between live broadcasts and a second time that the recording device receives the user search instruction Time points meet the matching conditions;
接收所述录制设备的第二直播间的第一数据流;Receiving the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the recording device;
向所述展示设备发送所述第一数据流,所述第一数据流用于供所述展示设备将所述第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间。Sending the first data stream to the display device, where the first data stream is used by the display device to switch the first live room to the second live room.
根据本申请实施例的第十方面,提供一种非临时性计算机可读存储介质,该非临时性计算机可读存储介质中的指令由终端的处理器执行时,使得服务器能够执行一种直播间切换方法,所述方法包括:According to a tenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is provided. When instructions in the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium are executed by a processor of a terminal, the server can execute a live broadcast room Switching method, the method includes:
在展示第一直播间的过程中,接收直播间切换指令;In the process of displaying the first live broadcast room, receive the live broadcast room switching instruction;
根据接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点,生成直播间随机切换请求,所述直播间随机切换请求用于请求将所述第一直播间切换为第二直播间,所述第二直播间的第二时间点与所述第一时间点符合匹配条件,所述第二时间点为所述第二直播间的录制设备接收到用户搜索指令的时间点;According to the first time point when the live room switching instruction is received, a live room random switching request is generated, and the live room random switching request is used to request to switch the first live room to a second live room, the second The second time point of the live broadcast room matches the first time point, and the second time point is the time point when the recording device of the second live broadcast room receives the user search instruction;
向服务器发送所述直播间随机切换请求;Send the random switching request for the live room to the server;
接收所述服务器的第二直播间的第一数据流;Receiving the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the server;
根据所述第一数据流,将所述第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间。Switching the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room according to the first data stream.
根据本申请实施例的第十一方面,提供一种非临时性计算机可读存储介质,该非临时性计算机可读存储介质中的指令由终端的处理器执行时,使得服务器能够执行一种直播间切换方法,所述方法包括:According to an eleventh aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is provided. When instructions in the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium are executed by a processor of a terminal, the server can perform a live broadcast Inter-switching method, the method includes:
在展示第二直播间的过程中,接收用户搜索指令;In the process of displaying the second live broadcast room, receiving user search instructions;
根据接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点,生成用户随机拉入请求,所述用户随机拉入请求用于请求将第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间,所述第一直播间的第一时间点与所述第二时间点符合匹配条件,所述第一时间点为所述第一直播间的展示设备接收到直播间切换指令的时间点;According to the second time point when the user search instruction is received, a user random pull request is generated, and the user random pull request is used to request to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room, the first live broadcast The first time point between the first time point and the second time point meet the matching conditions, and the first time point is the time point when the display device in the first live room receives the live room switching instruction;
向服务器发送所述用户随机拉入请求;Send the user a random pull request to the server;
向所述服务器发送所述第二直播间的第一数据流。Sending the first data stream of the second live broadcast room to the server.
根据本申请实施例的第十二方面,提供一种非临时性计算机可读存储介质,该非临时性计算机可读存储介质中的指令由服务器的处理器执行时,使得服务器能够执行一种直播间切换方法,所述方法包括:According to a twelfth aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is provided. When instructions in the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium are executed by a processor of a server, the server can perform a live broadcast Inter-switching method, the method includes:
接收第一直播间的展示设备的直播间随机切换请求,接收第二直播间的录制设备的用户随机拉入请求;Receiving a random switching request from the live broadcast room of the display device in the first live broadcast room, and receiving a random pull-in request from the user of the recording device in the second live broadcast room;
根据所述直播间随机切换请求以及所述用户随机拉入请求,确定所述展示设备接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点与所述录制设备接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点符合匹配条件;According to the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull request, determine a first time point when the display device receives the switching command between live broadcasts and a second time that the recording device receives the user search instruction Time points meet the matching conditions;
接收所述录制设备的第二直播间的第一数据流;Receiving the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the recording device;
向所述展示设备发送所述第一数据流,所述第一数据流用于供所述展示设备将所述第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间。Sending the first data stream to the display device, where the first data stream is used by the display device to switch the first live room to the second live room.
根据本申请实施例的第十三方面,提供一种应用程序,包括一条或多条指令,该一条或多条指令可以由服务器的处理器执行时,使得服务器能够执行一种直播间切换方法,所述方法包括:According to a thirteenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application, an application program is provided, which includes one or more instructions. When the one or more instructions can be executed by a processor of a server, the server can perform a method for switching between live broadcasts, The method includes:
在展示第一直播间的过程中,接收直播间切换指令;In the process of displaying the first live broadcast room, receive the live broadcast room switching instruction;
根据接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点,生成直播间随机切换请求,所述直播间随机切换请求用于请求将所述第一直播间切换为第二直播间,所述第二直播间的第二时间点与所述第一时间点符合匹配条件,所述第二时间点为所述第二直播间的录制设备接收到用户搜索指令的时间点;According to the first time point when the live room switching instruction is received, a live room random switching request is generated, and the live room random switching request is used to request to switch the first live room to a second live room, the second The second time point of the live broadcast room matches the first time point, and the second time point is the time point when the recording device of the second live broadcast room receives the user search instruction;
向服务器发送所述直播间随机切换请求;Send the random switching request for the live room to the server;
接收所述服务器的第二直播间的第一数据流;Receiving the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the server;
根据所述第一数据流,将所述第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间。Switching the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room according to the first data stream.
根据本申请实施例的第十四方面,提供一种应用程序,包括一条或多条指令,该一条 或多条指令可以由服务器的处理器执行时,使得服务器能够执行一种直播间切换方法,所述方法包括:According to a fourteenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application, an application program is provided, which includes one or more instructions. When the one or more instructions can be executed by a processor of a server, the server can perform a method for switching between live broadcasts, The method includes:
在展示第二直播间的过程中,接收用户搜索指令;In the process of displaying the second live broadcast room, receiving user search instructions;
根据接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点,生成用户随机拉入请求,所述用户随机拉入请求用于请求将第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间,所述第一直播间的第一时间点与所述第二时间点符合匹配条件,所述第一时间点为所述第一直播间的展示设备接收到直播间切换指令的时间点;According to the second time point when the user search instruction is received, a user random pull request is generated, and the user random pull request is used to request to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room, the first live broadcast The first time point between the first time point and the second time point meet the matching conditions, and the first time point is the time point when the display device in the first live room receives the live room switching instruction;
向服务器发送所述用户随机拉入请求;Send the user a random pull request to the server;
向所述服务器发送所述第二直播间的第一数据流。Sending the first data stream of the second live broadcast room to the server.
根据本申请实施例的第十五方面,提供一种应用程序,包括一条或多条指令,该一条或多条指令可以由服务器的处理器执行时,使得服务器能够执行一种直播间切换方法,所述方法包括:According to a fifteenth aspect of an embodiment of the present application, an application program is provided, which includes one or more instructions. When the one or more instructions can be executed by a processor of a server, the server can perform a method for switching between live broadcasts, The method includes:
接收第一直播间的展示设备的直播间随机切换请求,接收第二直播间的录制设备的用户随机拉入请求;Receiving a random switching request from the live broadcast room of the display device in the first live broadcast room, and receiving a random pull-in request from the recording device of the second live broadcast room;
根据所述直播间随机切换请求以及所述用户随机拉入请求,确定所述展示设备接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点与所述录制设备接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点符合匹配条件;According to the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull request, determine a first time point when the display device receives the switching command between live broadcasts and a second time that the recording device receives the user search instruction Time points meet the matching conditions;
接收所述录制设备的第二直播间的第一数据流;Receiving the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the recording device;
向所述展示设备发送所述第一数据流,所述第一数据流用于供所述展示设备将所述第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间。Sending the first data stream to the display device, where the first data stream is used by the display device to switch the first live room to the second live room.
本申请的实施例提供的技术方案可以包括以下有益效果:。The technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application may include the following beneficial effects:
本实施例提供的方法,提供了一种新颖的切换直播间的方式,可以实现将用户从当前所处的直播间随机传送到搜索用户的其他主播的直播间的功能。在直播过程中,可以根据展示设备接收到直播间切换指令的第一时间点,以及录制设备接收到用户搜索指令的第二时间点,将两个时间点符合匹配条件的主播与用户匹配到一起,从当前展示的直播间,切换展示为随机匹配到的主播的直播间,省去了展示直播间列表、从直播间列表中挑选直播间等繁琐的操作流程,加快了切换直播间的速度,提高了切换直播间的效率。同时,由于匹配到的主播具有随机性,可以给用户带来新奇的感受。The method provided in this embodiment provides a novel way to switch live broadcast rooms, which can realize the function of randomly transmitting users from the live broadcast rooms where they are currently located to the live broadcast rooms of other anchors searching for users. During the live broadcast process, you can match the anchors that match the matching conditions with the user at the two points in time according to the first point in time when the display device receives the switch instruction between live broadcasts and the second point in time when the recording device receives the user search instruction , From the currently displayed live broadcast room, switch to the live broadcast room of the randomly matched anchor, eliminating the cumbersome operation process of displaying the live broadcast room list, selecting the live broadcast room from the live broadcast room list, and accelerating the speed of switching the live broadcast room, Increased the efficiency of switching live rooms. At the same time, due to the randomness of the matched anchors, it can bring new feelings to users.
应当理解的是,以上的一般描述和后文的细节描述仅是示例性和解释性的,并不能限制本申请。It should be understood that the above general description and the following detailed description are only exemplary and explanatory, and do not limit the present application.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION
此处的附图被并入说明书中并构成本说明书的一部分,示出了符合本申请的实施例,并与说明书一起用于解释本申请的原理。The drawings herein are incorporated into and constitute a part of this specification, show embodiments consistent with this application, and are used together with the specification to explain the principles of this application.
图1是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种实施环境的架构图;Fig. 1 is an architectural diagram of an implementation environment according to an exemplary embodiment;
图2是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种直播间切换方法的流程图;Fig. 2 is a flow chart showing a method for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment;
图3是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种直播间切换方法的流程图;Fig. 3 is a flow chart showing a method for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment;
图4是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种直播间切换方法的流程图;Fig. 4 is a flow chart showing a method for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment;
图5是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种直播间切换方法的流程图;Fig. 5 is a flow chart showing a method for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment;
图6是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种直播间切换装置的逻辑结构框图;Fig. 6 is a block diagram of a logical structure of a device for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment;
图7是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种直播间切换装置的逻辑结构框图;Fig. 7 is a block diagram of a logical structure of a device for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment;
图8是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种直播间切换装置的逻辑结构框图;Fig. 8 is a block diagram of a logical structure of a device for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment;
图9是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种终端的逻辑结构框图;Fig. 9 is a block diagram of a logical structure of a terminal according to an exemplary embodiment;
图10是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种服务器的逻辑结构框图。Fig. 10 is a block diagram showing a logical structure of a server according to an exemplary embodiment.
具体实施方式detailed description
为使本发明实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本发明保护的范围。To make the objectives, technical solutions, and advantages of the embodiments of the present invention clearer, the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention will be described clearly and completely in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. Obviously, the described embodiments It is a part of the embodiments of the present invention, but not all the embodiments. Based on the embodiments of the present invention, all other embodiments obtained by a person of ordinary skill in the art without making creative efforts fall within the protection scope of the present invention.
这里将详细地对示例性实施例进行说明,其示例表示在附图中。下面的描述涉及附图时,除非另有表示,不同附图中的相同数字表示相同或相似的要素。以下示例性实施例中所描述的实施方式并不代表与本申请相一致的所有实施方式。相反,它们仅是与如所附权利要求书中所详述的、本申请的一些方面相一致的装置和方法的例子。Exemplary embodiments will be described in detail here, examples of which are shown in the drawings. When referring to the drawings below, unless otherwise indicated, the same numerals in different drawings represent the same or similar elements. The embodiments described in the following exemplary embodiments do not represent all embodiments consistent with this application. Rather, they are merely examples of devices and methods consistent with some aspects of the application as detailed in the appended claims.
图1是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种实施环境的架构图,如图1所示,下述直播间切换方法可以应用于该实施环境中。该实施环境包括至少一个终端以及至少一个服务器。该终端可以包括录制设备以及展示设备,该终端可以包括移动终端、个人电脑、可穿戴设备等。该至少一个终端以及至少一个服务器可以通过网络互连。在直播过程中,直播间的录制设备可以录制数据流,将数据流发送给服务器,服务器可以将数据流分发给直播间的展示设备,展示设备可以接收数据流,基于数据流播放直播。Fig. 1 is an architectural diagram of an implementation environment according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in Fig. 1, the following live broadcast switching method may be applied in the implementation environment. The implementation environment includes at least one terminal and at least one server. The terminal may include a recording device and a display device, and the terminal may include a mobile terminal, a personal computer, a wearable device, and the like. The at least one terminal and at least one server may be interconnected through a network. During the live broadcast, the recording device in the live broadcast room can record the data stream and send the data stream to the server. The server can distribute the data stream to the display device in the live broadcast room. The display device can receive the data stream and play the live broadcast based on the data stream.
图2是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种直播间切换方法的流程图,如图2所示,该直播间切换方法的执行主体为展示设备,包括以下步骤:Fig. 2 is a flowchart of a method for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in Fig. 2, the main body of the method for switching between live broadcasts is a display device, including the following steps:
在步骤201中,在展示第一直播间的过程中,接收直播间切换指令。In step 201, in the process of displaying the first live broadcast room, a live broadcast room switching instruction is received.
在步骤202中,根据接收到直播间切换指令的第一时间点,生成直播间随机切换请求, 所述直播间随机切换请求用于请求将所述第一直播间切换为第二直播间,所述第二直播间的第二时间点与所述第一时间点符合匹配条件,所述第二时间点为所述第二直播间的录制设备接收到用户搜索指令的时间点。In step 202, a random switching request for the live broadcasting room is generated according to the first time point when the switching instruction for the live broadcasting room is received. The random switching request for the live broadcasting room is used to request the first live broadcasting room to be switched to the second live broadcasting room. The second time point of the second live room meets the matching condition with the first time point, and the second time point is the time point when the recording device of the second live room receives the user search instruction.
在步骤203中,向服务器发送直播间随机切换请求。In step 203, a random switching request between live broadcasts is sent to the server.
在步骤204中,接收服务器的第二直播间的第一数据流。In step 204, the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the server is received.
在步骤205中,根据第一数据流,将第一直播间切换为第二直播间。In step 205, the first live broadcast room is switched to the second live broadcast room according to the first data stream.
在一种可能实施方式中,根据接收到直播间切换指令的第一时间点,生成直播间随机切换请求,包括:In a possible implementation manner, generating the random switching request between the live broadcasts according to the first time point when the live broadcast switching instruction is received includes:
在直播间随机切换请求中携带第一时间点;或者,Carry the first time point in the random switching request between live broadcasts; or,
获取第一时间点所处的第一时间窗口,在直播间随机切换请求中携带第一时间窗口。Obtain the first time window at the first time point, and carry the first time window in the random switching request in the live broadcast room.
在一种可能实施方式中,根据接收到直播间切换指令的第一时间点,生成直播间随机切换请求,包括:In a possible implementation manner, generating the random switching request between the live broadcasts according to the first time point when the live broadcast switching instruction is received includes:
根据接收到直播间切换指令的第一时间点以及第一附加匹配信息,生成直播间随机切换请求。According to the first time point and the first additional matching information of receiving the live room switching instruction, a random live room switching request is generated.
在一种可能实施方式中,根据接收到直播间切换指令的第一时间点以及第一附加匹配信息,生成直播间随机切换请求之前,方法还包括下述至少一个步骤:In a possible implementation manner, according to the first time point and the first additional matching information after receiving the live broadcast switching instruction, the method further includes at least one of the following steps before generating the live broadcast random switching request:
获取当前所处的第一地理位置,作为第一附加匹配信息;Obtain the current first geographic location as the first additional matching information;
获取登录的用户标识对应的第一用户属性信息,作为第一附加匹配信息;Obtain the first user attribute information corresponding to the logged-in user ID as the first additional matching information;
获取登录的用户标识对应的第一历史行为记录,作为第一附加匹配信息;Obtain the first historical behavior record corresponding to the logged-in user ID as the first additional matching information;
获取登录的用户标识对应的第一社交关系信息,作为第一附加匹配信息;Acquiring first social relationship information corresponding to the logged-in user ID as first additional matching information;
获取第一历史运行记录,作为第一附加匹配信息;Obtain the first historical running record as the first additional matching information;
接收输入的第一主播类型,作为第一附加匹配信息;Receive the input first anchor type as the first additional matching information;
接收输入的第一直播内容类型,作为第一附加匹配信息;Receiving the input first live content type as the first additional matching information;
显示至少一个主播关键字,当检测到任一主播关键字被选中时,将被选中的主播关键字作为第一附加匹配信息;At least one anchor keyword is displayed, and when it is detected that any anchor keyword is selected, the selected anchor keyword is used as the first additional matching information;
显示至少一个直播内容关键字,当检测到任一直播内容关键字被选中时,将被选中的直播内容关键字作为第一附加匹配信息;At least one live content keyword is displayed, and when it is detected that any live content keyword is selected, the selected live content keyword is used as the first additional matching information;
显示至少一个搜索热点信息,当检测到任一搜索热点信息被选中时,将被选中的搜索热点信息作为第一附加匹配信息。At least one search hotspot information is displayed, and when it is detected that any search hotspot information is selected, the selected search hotspot information is used as the first additional matching information.
在一种可能实施方式中,根据第一数据流,将第一直播间切换为第二直播间之后,方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, after switching the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room according to the first data stream, the method further includes:
向服务器发送第二数据流;Send a second data stream to the server;
接收到服务器的第三数据流,第三数据流为第一数据流与第二数据流合成的数据流;Receiving the third data stream of the server, where the third data stream is a data stream composed of the first data stream and the second data stream;
根据第三数据流进行音频播放或视频播放。Play audio or video according to the third data stream.
在一种可能实施方式中,向服务器发送第二数据流之前,方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, before sending the second data stream to the server, the method further includes:
向服务器发送数据流合成请求;Send a data stream synthesis request to the server;
接收服务器的数据流合成同意消息。The data stream of the receiving server synthesizes the consent message.
在一种可能实施方式中,直播间切换指令通过对第一直播间中展示的直播间切换控件的确认操作触发;或者,In a possible implementation manner, the live broadcast switching command is triggered by the confirmation operation of the live broadcast switching control displayed in the first live broadcast room; or,
直播间切换指令通过摇晃操作触发;或者,The switching command between live broadcasts is triggered by shaking operations; or,
直播间切换指令通过直播间切换语音触发。The live broadcast switching command is triggered by the live broadcast switching voice.
图3是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种直播间切换方法的流程图,如图2所示,该直播间切换方法的执行主体为录制设备,包括以下步骤:Fig. 3 is a flowchart illustrating a method for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in Fig. 2, the main body of the method for switching between live broadcasts is a recording device, including the following steps:
在步骤301中,在展示第二直播间的过程中,接收用户搜索指令。In step 301, in the process of displaying the second live broadcast room, a user search instruction is received.
在步骤302中,根据接收到用户搜索指令的第二时间点,生成用户随机拉入请求,所述用户随机拉入请求用于请求将第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间,所述第一直播间的第一时间点与所述第二时间点符合匹配条件,所述第一时间点为所述第一直播间的展示设备接收到直播间切换指令的时间点。In step 302, according to the second time point when the user search instruction is received, a user random pull request is generated. The user random pull request is used to request to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room. The first time point of the first live room meets the matching condition with the second time point, and the first time point is the time point when the display device of the first live room receives the live room switching instruction.
在步骤303中,向服务器发送用户随机拉入请求。In step 303, a user random pull request is sent to the server.
在步骤304中,向服务器发送第二直播间的第一数据流。In step 304, the first data stream of the second live broadcast room is sent to the server.
在一种可能实施方式中,所述根据接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点,生成用户随机拉入请求,包括:In a possible implementation manner, the generating a random user pull request according to the second time point when the user search instruction is received includes:
在所述用户随机拉入请求中携带所述第二时间点;或者,Carrying the second time point in the user's random pull request; or,
获取所述第二时间点所处的第二时间窗口,在所述用户随机拉入请求中携带所述第二时间窗口。Acquiring a second time window in which the second time point is located, and carrying the second time window in the user's random pull request.
在一种可能实施方式中,所述根据接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点,生成用户随机拉入请求,包括:In a possible implementation manner, the generating a random user pull request according to the second time point when the user search instruction is received includes:
根据接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点以及第二附加匹配信息,生成用户随机拉入请求。According to the second time point when the user search instruction is received and the second additional matching information, a user random pull request is generated.
在一种可能实施方式中,所述根据接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点以及第二附加匹配信息,生成用户随机拉入请求之前,所述方法还包括下述至少一个步骤:In a possible implementation manner, before generating the user random pull request according to the second time point and the second additional matching information when the user search instruction is received, the method further includes at least one of the following steps:
获取当前所处的第二地理位置,作为所述第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring a second geographical location where the current location is, as the second additional matching information;
获取登录的主播标识对应的第二主播属性信息,作为所述第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring second anchor attribute information corresponding to the registered anchor ID as the second additional matching information;
获取登录的主播标识对应的第二历史行为记录,作为所述第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring a second historical behavior record corresponding to the logged-in anchor identifier as the second additional matching information;
获取登录的主播标识对应的第二社交关系信息,作为所述第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring second social relationship information corresponding to the logged-in anchor identifier as the second additional matching information;
获取第二历史运行记录,作为所述第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring a second historical running record as the second additional matching information;
获取登录的主播标识对应的第二主播类型,作为所述第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring a second anchor type corresponding to the anchor identification of the login as the second additional matching information;
获取所述第二直播间的第二直播内容类型,作为所述第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring the second live broadcast content type of the second live broadcast room as the second additional matching information;
获取登录的主播标识对应的第二主播关键字,作为所述第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring a second anchor keyword corresponding to the registered anchor identifier as the second additional matching information;
获取所述第二直播间的第二直播内容关键字,作为所述第二附加匹配信息。Acquire second live content keywords of the second live broadcast room as the second additional matching information.
获取登录的主播标识或所述第二直播间所符合的搜索热点信息,作为所述第二附加匹配信息。Obtain the logged-in anchor identifier or search hotspot information that the second live broadcast room conforms to, as the second additional matching information.
在一种可能实施方式中,所述向所述服务器发送所述第二直播间的第一数据流之后,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, after sending the first data stream of the second live broadcast room to the server, the method further includes:
接收所述服务器的第三数据流,所述第三数据流为所述第一数据流与所述展示设备的第二数据流合成的一路数据流;Receiving a third data stream of the server, where the third data stream is a data stream composed of the first data stream and the second data stream of the display device;
基于所述第三数据流进行音频播放或视频播放。Play audio or video based on the third data stream.
在一种可能实施方式中,所述接收所述服务器的第三数据流之前,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, before the receiving the third data stream of the server, the method further includes:
接收所述服务器的数据流合成鉴权消息;Receive a data stream synthesis authentication message from the server;
根据所述数据流合成鉴权信息,对数据流是否合成进行提示;Synthesize authentication information according to the data stream, and prompt whether the data stream is synthesized;
接收数据流合成确认指令;Receive data stream synthesis confirmation instruction;
向所述服务器发送数据流合成同意消息。Sending a data stream synthesis consent message to the server.
在一种可能实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes:
当所述第二直播间的当前用户数量符合预设条件时,显示所述用户搜索控件;When the current number of users in the second live broadcast room meets preset conditions, displaying the user search control;
当所述第二直播间的当前用户数量不符合预设条件时,隐藏所述用户搜索控件。When the current number of users in the second live broadcast room does not meet the preset condition, the user search control is hidden.
在一种可能实施方式中,所述用户搜索指令通过对所述第二直播间中展示的用户搜索控件的确认操作触发;或者,In a possible implementation manner, the user search instruction is triggered by a confirmation operation on the user search control displayed in the second live room; or,
所述用户搜索指令通过摇晃操作触发;或者,The user search instruction is triggered by shaking operation; or,
所述用户搜索指令通过用户搜索语音触发。The user search instruction is triggered by the user search voice.
图4是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种直播间切换方法的流程图,如图2所示,该直播间切换方法的执行主体为服务器,包括以下步骤:Fig. 4 is a flowchart of a method for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in Fig. 2, the main body of the method for switching between live broadcasts is a server, including the following steps:
在步骤401中,接收第一直播间的展示设备的直播间随机切换请求,接收第二直播间的录制设备的用户随机拉入请求。In step 401, a random switching request of a live broadcast room of a display device in a first live broadcast room is received, and a random pull-in request of a user of a recording device of a second live broadcast room is received.
在步骤402中,根据直播间随机切换请求以及用户随机拉入请求,确定展示设备接收到直播间切换指令的第一时间点与录制设备接收到用户搜索指令的第二时间点符合匹配条件。In step 402, according to the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull request, it is determined that the first time point when the display device receives the switching command between live broadcasts and the second time point when the recording device receives the user search instruction meets the matching conditions.
在步骤403中,接收录制设备的第二直播间的第一数据流。In step 403, the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the recording device is received.
在步骤404中,向展示设备发送第一数据流,第一数据流用于供展示设备将第一直播间切换为第二直播间。In step 404, a first data stream is sent to the display device, and the first data stream is used by the display device to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room.
在一种可能实施方式中,根据直播间随机切换请求以及用户随机拉入请求,确定展示设备接收到直播间切换指令的第一时间点与录制设备接收到用户搜索指令的第二时间点符合匹配条件,包括:In a possible implementation manner, according to the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull request, it is determined that the first time point when the display device receives the switching command between the live broadcasts and the second time point when the recording device receives the user search instruction match Conditions, including:
获取第一时间点与第二时间点之间的时间差,确定时间差小于时间差阈值;或者,Obtain the time difference between the first time point and the second time point, and determine that the time difference is less than the time difference threshold; or,
获取第一时间点所处的第一时间窗口以及第二时间点之间的第二时间窗口,确定第一时间窗口与第二时间窗口重叠。The first time window at the first time point and the second time window between the second time points are obtained, and it is determined that the first time window overlaps the second time window.
在一种可能实施方式中,向展示设备发送第一数据流之前,方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, before sending the first data stream to the display device, the method further includes:
确定展示设备对应的第一附加匹配信息与录制设备对应的第二附加匹配信息符合附加匹配条件。It is determined that the first additional matching information corresponding to the display device and the second additional matching information corresponding to the recording device meet additional matching conditions.
在一种可能实施方式中,确定展示设备对应的第一附加匹配信息与录制设备对应的第二附加匹配信息符合附加匹配条件,包括下述至少一个步骤:In a possible implementation manner, determining that the first additional matching information corresponding to the display device and the second additional matching information corresponding to the recording device meet additional matching conditions includes at least one of the following steps:
确定展示设备当前所处的第一地理位置与录制设备当前所处的第二地理位置符合第一附加匹配条件;Determining that the first geographic location where the display device is currently and the second geographic location where the recording device is currently meet the first additional matching condition;
确定展示设备登录的用户标识对应的第一用户属性信息与录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二用户属性信息符合第二附加匹配条件;Determining that the first user attribute information corresponding to the user ID logged in by the display device and the second user attribute information corresponding to the anchor ID logged in by the recording device meet the second additional matching condition;
确定展示设备登录的用户标识对应的第一历史行为记录与录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二历史行为记录符合第三附加匹配条件;Determining that the first historical behavior record corresponding to the user ID logged in by the display device and the second historical behavior record corresponding to the anchor ID logged in by the recording device meet the third additional matching condition;
确定展示设备登录的用户标识对应的第一社交关系信息与录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二社交关系信息符合第四附加匹配条件;Determining that the first social relationship information corresponding to the user ID logged in by the display device and the second social relationship information corresponding to the anchor ID logged in by the recording device meet the fourth additional matching condition;
确定展示设备的第一历史运行记录与录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二历史运行记录符合第五附加匹配条件;It is determined that the first historical operation record of the display device and the second historical operation record corresponding to the anchor identifier registered by the recording device meet the fifth additional matching condition;
确定在展示设备上输入的第一主播类型与录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二主播类型符合第六附加匹配条件;Determine that the first anchor type entered on the display device and the second anchor type corresponding to the anchor identification registered by the recording device meet the sixth additional matching condition;
确定在展示设备上输入的第一直播内容类型与第二直播间的第二直播内容类型与符合第七附加匹配条件;Determine that the first live content type entered on the display device and the second live content type in the second live broadcast room meet the seventh additional matching condition;
确定在展示设备上被选中的第一主播关键字与录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二主播关键字符合第八附加匹配条件;It is determined that the first anchor keyword selected on the display device and the second anchor keyword corresponding to the anchor identifier registered by the recording device meet the eighth additional matching condition;
确定在展示设备上被选中的第一直播内容关键字与第二直播间对应的第二直播内容关键字与符合第九附加匹配条件;Determine that the first live content keyword selected on the display device and the second live content keyword corresponding to the second live broadcast room meet the ninth additional matching condition;
确定在展示设备上被选中的搜索热点信息与录制设备登录的主播标识或者第二直播间的直播内容符合第十附加匹配条件。It is determined that the searched hotspot information selected on the display device and the anchor identification of the recording device or the live content of the second live room meet the tenth additional matching condition.
在一种可能实施方式中,第二直播间的数量为多个,根据直播间随机切换请求以及用户随机拉入请求,确定展示设备接收到直播间切换指令的第一时间点与录制设备接收到用 户搜索指令的第二时间点符合匹配条件,包括:In a possible implementation manner, the number of the second live broadcasting room is multiple, and according to the random switching request of the live broadcasting room and the user's random pull-in request, it is determined that the first time point when the display device receives the live broadcasting room switching instruction and the recording device receives The second time point of the user search instruction meets the matching conditions, including:
根据直播间随机切换请求以及用户随机拉入请求,确定展示设备的第一时间点与多个录制设备对应的第二时间点符合匹配条件;According to the random switching request in the live broadcast room and the user's random pull-in request, it is determined that the first time point of the display device and the second time point corresponding to the multiple recording devices meet the matching conditions;
方法还包括:The method also includes:
根据多个录制设备登录的主播标识的匹配优先级,选取多个主播标识中的目标主播标识;According to the matching priority of the anchor IDs registered by multiple recording devices, select the target anchor ID among the multiple anchor IDs;
向展示设备发送第一数据流,包括:Send the first data stream to the display device, including:
向展示设备发送目标主播标识对应的第二直播间的第一数据流。Send the first data stream of the second live broadcast room corresponding to the target anchor identifier to the display device.
在一种可能实施方式中,根据多个录制设备登录的主播标识的匹配优先级,选取多个主播标识中的目标主播标识之前,方法还包括下述至少一个步骤:In a possible implementation manner, according to the matching priority of the anchor identifiers registered by the multiple recording devices, before selecting the target anchor identifier among the multiple anchor identifiers, the method further includes at least one of the following steps:
根据多个主播标识对应的历史连麦时刻,获取多个主播标识的第一匹配优先级,主播标识对应的历史连麦时刻越近,第一匹配优先级越高;Obtain the first matching priority of the multiple anchor identifiers according to the historical continuous wheat moments corresponding to the multiple anchor identifiers. The closer the historical continuous microphone times corresponding to the anchor identifiers, the higher the first matching priority;
根据多个主播标识的第二直播间的当前用户数量,获取多个主播标识的第二匹配优先级,第二直播间的当前用户数量越少,第二匹配优先级越高;Obtain the second matching priority of the multiple anchor identifiers according to the current number of users in the second live broadcast rooms of multiple anchor identifiers. The smaller the number of current users in the second live broadcast room, the higher the second matching priority;
根据多个主播标识对应的流量,获取多个主播标识的第三匹配优先级,主播标识对应的流量越少,第三匹配优先级越高;Obtain the third matching priority of the multiple anchor identifiers according to the traffic corresponding to the multiple anchor identifiers. The less the traffic corresponding to the anchor identifier, the higher the third matching priority;
根据述多个主播标识对应的收入,获取多个主播标识的第四匹配优先级,主播标识对应的收入越少,第四匹配优先级越高。According to the income corresponding to the plurality of anchor identifiers, the fourth matching priority of the plurality of anchor identifiers is obtained. The less the income corresponding to the anchor identifier, the higher the fourth matching priority.
在一种可能实施方式中,接收录制设备的第二直播间的第一数据流之后,方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, after receiving the first data stream of the second live room of the recording device, the method further includes:
接收展示设备的第二数据流;Receive the second data stream of the display device;
对第二数据流以及第一数据流进行合成,得到第三数据流;Synthesizing the second data stream and the first data stream to obtain a third data stream;
向录制设备以及展示设备第三数据流。The third data stream to the recording device and the display device.
在一种可能实施方式中,接收展示设备的第二数据流之前,方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, before receiving the second data stream of the display device, the method further includes:
接收展示设备的数据流合成请求;Receive the data stream synthesis request from the display device;
向录制设备发送数据流合成鉴权消息;Send data stream synthesis authentication message to the recording device;
接收展示设备的数据流合成同意消息;Receive a data stream synthesis consent message from the display device;
向录制设备发送数据流合成同意消息。Send a data stream synthesis consent message to the recording device.
在一种可能实施方式中,接收第二直播间的录制设备的用户随机拉入请求之后,方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, after receiving a random pull-in request from a user of the recording device in the second live broadcast room, the method further includes:
将录制设备登录的主播标识添加至第一候选池,第一候选池用于存储待匹配用户标识的主播标识;Add the anchor identification of the recording device to the first candidate pool, where the first candidate pool is used to store the anchor identification of the user ID to be matched;
相应地,根据直播间随机切换请求以及用户随机拉入请求,确定展示设备接收到直播间切换指令的第一时间点与录制设备接收到用户搜索指令的第二时间点符合匹配条件之 前,方法还包括:Correspondingly, according to the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull-in request, it is determined that the first time point when the display device receives the switching command between the live broadcasts and the second time point when the recording device receives the user search command meets the matching conditions, the method further include:
从第一候选池中获取主播标识。Obtain the anchor identification from the first candidate pool.
在一种可能实施方式中,根据直播间随机切换请求以及用户随机拉入请求,确定展示设备接收到直播间切换指令的第一时间点与录制设备接收到用户搜索指令的第二时间点符合匹配条件之后,方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, according to the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull request, it is determined that the first time point when the display device receives the switching command between the live broadcasts and the second time point when the recording device receives the user search instruction match After the condition, the method also includes:
删除第一候选池中的主播标识。Delete the anchor identifier in the first candidate pool.
在一种可能实施方式中,接收第一直播间的展示设备的直播间随机切换请求之后,方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, after receiving a random live room switching request of the display device in the first live room, the method further includes:
将展示设备登录的用户标识添加至第二候选池,第二候选池用于存储待匹配主播标识的用户标识;Add the user ID logged in by the display device to the second candidate pool, where the second candidate pool is used to store the user ID of the host ID to be matched;
相应地,根据直播间随机切换请求以及用户随机拉入请求,确定展示设备接收到直播间切换指令的第一时间点与录制设备接收到用户搜索指令的第二时间点符合匹配条件之前,方法还包括:Correspondingly, according to the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull-in request, it is determined that the first time point when the display device receives the switching command between the live broadcasts and the second time point when the recording device receives the user search command meets the matching conditions, the method further include:
从第二候选池中获取用户标识。Obtain the user ID from the second candidate pool.
在一种可能实施方式中,根据直播间随机切换请求以及用户随机拉入请求,确定展示设备接收到直播间切换指令的第一时间点与录制设备接收到用户搜索指令的第二时间点符合匹配条件之后,方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, according to the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull request, it is determined that the first time point when the display device receives the switching command between the live broadcasts and the second time point when the recording device receives the user search instruction match After the condition, the method also includes:
删除第二候选池中的用户标识。Delete the user ID in the second candidate pool.
图5是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种直播间切换方法的流程图,如图5所示,该直播间切换方法的交互主体包括展示设备、录制设备以及服务器,包括以下步骤:Fig. 5 is a flowchart illustrating a method for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in Fig. 5, the interaction body of the method for switching between live broadcasts includes a display device, a recording device, and a server, and includes the following steps:
在步骤501中,展示设备在展示第一直播间的过程中,接收直播间切换指令。In step 501, during the process of displaying the first live broadcast room, the display device receives a live broadcast room switching instruction.
为了区分描述不同的直播间,本实施例将切换前的直播间称为第一直播间,将切换后的直播间称为第二直播间,需要说明的是,第一直播间以及第二直播间仅是为了区分描述不同的直播间,而不应理解为明示或暗示直播间的流量大小关系、直播间人数关系、热度排序、发布时序、推荐优先级顺序以及相对重要性。In order to distinguish and describe different live broadcast rooms, in this embodiment, the live broadcast room before switching is called a first live broadcast room, and the switched live broadcast room is called a second live broadcast room. It should be noted that the first live broadcast room and the second live broadcast room The room is only for the purpose of distinguishing and describing different live rooms, and should not be understood as express or implying the relationship between the traffic size of the live rooms, the relationship between the number of live rooms, the popularity ranking, the release timing, the recommended priority order and the relative importance.
为了区分描述直播间中功能不同的设备,将录制得到直播间的数据流的设备称为录制设备,录制设备在不同场景下可以具有不同的称呼,例如可以称为主播端、主播终端等。录制设备的物理实体可以为手机、个人电脑、摄像设备。同理地,将展示直播间的设备称为展示设备,录制设备在不同场景下可以具有不同的称呼,例如可以称为用户终端、用户设备、观众端、观众设备等。录制设备的物理实体可以包括手机、个人电脑等。In order to distinguish between devices with different functions in the live broadcast room, the device that records the data stream in the live broadcast room is called a recording device. The recording device may have different names in different scenarios, for example, it may be called a host end or a host terminal. The physical entity of the recording device may be a mobile phone, a personal computer, or a camera device. In the same way, the device for displaying the live broadcast room is called a display device, and the recording device may have different names in different scenarios, for example, it may be called a user terminal, a user device, an audience end, and an audience device. The physical entities of the recording device may include mobile phones, personal computers, etc.
直播间切换指令用于指示切换当前展示的直播间。可选地,直播间切换指令的触发方式可以包括下述实现方式一至实现方式三中的任一项或多项的组合:The live broadcast room switching instruction is used to instruct to switch the currently displayed live broadcast room. Optionally, the triggering method of the switching instruction between live broadcasts may include any one or more of the following implementation manners 1 to 3:
实现方式一、直播间切换指令通过对第一直播间中展示的直播间切换控件的确认操作 触发。Implementation method 1. The live room switching command is triggered by the confirmation operation of the live room switching control displayed in the first live room.
具体地,展示设备可以在第一直播间中展示直播间切换控件;用户可以对展示设备展示的直播间切换控件触发确认操作,展示设备可以根据用户对直播间切换控件的确认操作,接收到直播间切换指令。其中,直播间切换控件用于触发直播间切换指令,直播间切换控件可以为任一种用户界面(User Interface,缩写:UI)界面元素,例如,直播间切换控件可以为按钮、开关、入口、菜单等。相应地,对直播间切换控件的确认操作可以包括点击操作、滑动操作、长按操作,该点击操作可以包括单击操作、连击操作等。Specifically, the display device can display the live broadcast switch control in the first live broadcast room; the user can trigger the confirmation operation on the live broadcast switch control displayed by the display device, and the display device can receive the live broadcast according to the user's confirmation operation on the live broadcast switch control To switch between instructions. Among them, the live broadcast switch control is used to trigger the live broadcast switch command. The live broadcast switch control can be any user interface (User Interface, abbreviation: UI) interface element. For example, the live broadcast switch control can be a button, switch, entrance, Menu etc. Correspondingly, the confirmation operation for the switching control between live broadcasts may include a click operation, a sliding operation, and a long press operation, and the click operation may include a click operation, a double-click operation, and the like.
可选地,终端可以对直播间切换功能进行提示,从而引导用户使用直播间切换功能。结合实现方式一,终端可以针对直播间切换控件进行提示,从而帮助用户学习直播间切换控件的使用方式,进而对直播间切换控件触发确认操作。例如,终端可以在直播间切换控件的预设范围内显示提示内容,比如在直播间切换控件附近显示提示文字;又如,可以在直播间切换控件上悬浮显示提示内容,比如在直播间切换控件上悬浮显示提示文字;当然,显示提示文字仅是提示方式的举例说明,提示方式还可以为显示提示图像、播放提示动画、播放提示语音等,本实施例对此不做限定。Optionally, the terminal may prompt the live broadcast switching function to guide the user to use the live broadcast switching function. In combination with the first implementation method, the terminal may prompt the live-room switch control, thereby helping the user learn how to use the live-room switch control, and then trigger the confirmation operation on the live-room switch control. For example, the terminal can display the prompt content within the preset range of the live broadcast switch control, such as displaying the prompt text near the live broadcast switch control; for another example, the prompt content can be suspended on the live broadcast switch control, such as the live broadcast switch control Prompt text is displayed above the suspension; of course, displaying the prompt text is only an example of the prompting method, and the prompting method may also be displaying a prompting image, playing a prompting animation, playing a prompting voice, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment.
以提示方式为显示提示文字为例,在一个示例性场景中,直播间切换控件可以为“随机切换直播间”的按钮,终端可以在该按钮周围显示“点击按钮,你将随机传送到其他直播间”的文字,当用户对按钮触发点击操作时,终端会接收到直播间切换指令。在另一个示例性场景中,直播间切换控件可以为“随机语音连麦”的按钮,终端可以在该按钮周围显示“点击按钮,你将随机与其他主播进行语音连麦”的文字,当用户对按钮触发点击操作时,终端会接收到直播间切换指令。Taking the prompting method as an example of displaying the prompt text, in an exemplary scenario, the live room switching control may be a button of "randomly switch the live room", and the terminal may display "click the button around the button, and you will randomly transfer it to other live broadcasts. When the user clicks on the button, the terminal will receive the instruction to switch between live broadcasts. In another exemplary scenario, the switch control between live broadcasts can be a "random voice link" button, and the terminal can display the text "click the button, you will randomly conduct voice link with other anchors" around the button. When a click operation is triggered on a button, the terminal will receive an instruction to switch between live broadcasts.
实现方式二、直播间切换指令通过摇晃操作触发。Implementation method 2: The switching command between live broadcasts is triggered by shaking operation.
该摇晃操作可以为按照任意强度、任意频率、任意次数对展示设备进行摇晃的操作。具体来讲,在展示设备展示第一直播间的过程中,当用户希望切换直播间时,可以对展示设备触发摇晃操作,终端可以根据用户对展示设备的摇晃操作,接收到直播间切换指令。可选地,展示设备可以内置有加速度传感器、陀螺仪或其他传感器,可以通过传感器检测到摇晃操作。The shaking operation may be an operation of shaking the display device according to any intensity, any frequency and any number of times. Specifically, in the process of the display device displaying the first live room, when the user wishes to switch the live room, the shaking operation can be triggered on the display device, and the terminal can receive the live room switching instruction according to the user's shaking operation on the display device. Optionally, the display device may have built-in acceleration sensors, gyroscopes or other sensors, and the shaking operation may be detected by the sensors.
可选地,终端可以对直播间切换功能进行提示,从而引导用户使用直播间切换功能。结合实现方式二,终端可以针对摇晃操作进行提示,从而帮助用户学习摇晃操作,进而对展示设备触发摇晃操作。例如,终端可以在第一直播间中显示提示内容,比如在第一直播间的某个角落显示提示文字。当然,显示提示文字仅是提示方式的举例说明,提示方式还可以为显示提示图像、播放提示动画、播放提示语音等,本实施例对此不做限定。Optionally, the terminal may prompt the live broadcast switching function to guide the user to use the live broadcast switching function. In combination with the second implementation manner, the terminal may prompt the shaking operation, thereby helping the user to learn the shaking operation, and then trigger the shaking operation on the display device. For example, the terminal may display the prompt content in the first live broadcast room, for example, display the prompt text in a corner of the first live broadcast room. Of course, displaying the prompt text is only an example of the prompt mode, and the prompt mode may also be displaying a prompt image, playing a prompt animation, playing a prompt voice, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment.
以提示方式为显示提示文字为例,在一个示例性场景中,终端可以在第一直播间的角落显示“摇一摇,你将随机传送到其他直播间”的文字,当用户对展示设备触发摇晃操作 时,终端会接收到直播间切换指令。在另一个示例性场景中,终端可以在第一直播间的角落显示“摇一摇,你将随机与其他主播进行语音连麦”的文字,当用户对展示设备触发摇晃操作时,终端会接收到直播间切换指令。Taking the prompting method as an example of displaying prompt text, in an exemplary scenario, the terminal may display the text "Shake, you will randomly transfer it to other live rooms" in the corner of the first live broadcast room. When the user triggers the display device During the shaking operation, the terminal will receive a switchover instruction between live broadcasts. In another exemplary scenario, the terminal may display the text "Shake it, you will randomly perform voice connection with other anchors" in the corner of the first live broadcast room. When the user triggers the shake operation on the display device, the terminal will receive Instruction to switch to live broadcast.
实现方式三、直播间切换指令通过直播间切换语音触发。Implementation method 3. The instruction for switching between live broadcasts is triggered by voice switching between live broadcasts.
直播间切换语音用于触发直播间切换指令。具体来讲,在展示设备展示第一直播间的过程中,当用户希望切换直播间时,可以发出直播间切换语音,终端可以根据直播间切换语音,接收到直播间切换指令。例如,直播间切换语音可以为包含至少一个关键词的语音,该关键词用于指示切换直播间,例如,关键词可以为“换直播间”、“换主播”、“换频道”、“我要穿越”、“传送我”等。用户可以发出直播间切换语音,终端可以根据检测到的直播间切换语音,接收到直播间切换指令。可选地,展示设备可以内置有麦克风或其他传感器,可以通过传感器检测到直播间切换语音。Switching voice between live broadcasts is used to trigger a switchover command between live broadcasts. Specifically, during the process of the first live room being displayed by the display device, when the user wishes to switch the live room, the voice of the live room switch can be issued, and the terminal can receive the instruction to switch the live room according to the voice of the live room. For example, the live room switching voice may be a voice containing at least one keyword, which is used to instruct switching of the live room, for example, the keywords may be "change live room", "change anchor", "change channel", "me To cross", "Tell me", etc. The user can issue a live broadcast switching voice, and the terminal can receive a live broadcast switching command according to the detected live broadcast switching voice. Optionally, the display device may have a built-in microphone or other sensors, which can detect the voice switching between live broadcasts through the sensors.
可选地,终端可以对直播间切换功能进行提示,从而引导用户使用直播间切换功能。结合实现方式三,终端可以针对直播间切换语音进行提示,从而帮助用户学习如何发出直播间切换语音,进而发出直播间切换语音。例如,终端可以在第一直播间中显示提示内容,比如在第一直播间的某个角落显示提示文字。当然,显示提示文字仅是提示方式的举例说明,提示方式还可以为显示提示图像、播放提示动画、播放提示语音等,本实施例对此不做限定。Optionally, the terminal may prompt the live broadcast switching function to guide the user to use the live broadcast switching function. In combination with the third implementation mode, the terminal may prompt for the voice switching between live broadcasts, thereby helping the user learn how to issue the voice switching between live broadcasts, and then the voice switching between live broadcasts. For example, the terminal may display the prompt content in the first live broadcast room, for example, display the prompt text in a corner of the first live broadcast room. Of course, displaying the prompt text is only an example of the prompting method, and the prompting method may also be displaying a prompting image, playing a prompting animation, playing a prompting voice, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment.
以提示方式为显示提示文字为例,在一个示例性场景中,终端可以在第一直播间的角落显示“说出我要穿越,你将随机传送到其他直播间”的文字,当用户说出“我要穿越!”,则展示设备会检测到直播间切换语音,则会接收到直播间切换指令。Taking the prompt method as an example of displaying prompt text, in an exemplary scenario, the terminal may display the text "Say I want to cross, you will randomly send it to other live rooms" in the corner of the first live room. When the user says "I want to traverse!", the display device will detect the voice switching between live broadcasts, and will receive a command to switch between live broadcasts.
需要说明的是,展示设备可以择一执行上述实现方式一至实现方式三中的任一项,从而接收直播间切换指令,也可以执行上述实现方式一至实现方式三中多项的结合,从而接收直播间切换指令。其中,上述实现方式一至实现方式三中多项可以以且的关系结合,也可以以或的关系结合。以实现方式二和实现方式三以且的关系相结合为例,展示设备可以当检测到摇晃操作且检测到直播间切换语音时,接收到直播间切换指令。It should be noted that the display device may choose to implement any one of the above implementation manners 1 to 3 to receive the live broadcast switching command, or may execute a combination of the above implementation manners 1 to 3 to receive the live broadcast. To switch between instructions. Among them, multiple items in the foregoing implementation manners 1 to 3 may be combined in a relationship of or, or in a relationship of or. Taking the relationship between Implementation Mode 2 and Implementation Mode 3 as an example, the display device may receive the live broadcast switching instruction when the shaking operation is detected and the live broadcast switching voice is detected.
在步骤502中,展示设备根据接收到直播间切换指令的第一时间点,生成直播间随机切换请求,向服务器发送直播间随机切换请求。In step 502, the display device generates a random switching request between live broadcasts and sends a random switching request between live broadcasts to the server according to the first time point when the switching command between the live broadcasts is received.
直播间随机切换请求用于请求随机切换至其他直播间,以便展示设备切换当前展示的直播间,模拟用户传送到随机匹配的主播的直播间的效果。可选地,直播间随机切换请求可以携带展示设备登录的用户的用户标识。该用户标识用于指示对应的用户,可以包括用户的身份标识号(identification,缩写:ID)、名称、手机号码等。The random switching request in the live broadcast room is used to request a random switch to another live broadcast room, so that the display device switches the currently displayed live broadcast room, simulating the effect of the user transmitting to the live broadcast room of the randomly matched anchor. Optionally, the random switching request between live broadcasts may carry the user ID of the user logged in by the display device. The user identification is used to indicate the corresponding user, and may include the user's identification (abbreviation: ID), name, mobile phone number, and so on.
第一时间点是指展示设备接收到直播间切换指令的时间点,第一时间点可以用于供服务器为用户标识匹配主播标识,以便展示设备将第一直播间切换为主播标识对应的第二直 播间。具体来讲,展示设备可以当接收到直播间切换指令时,获取当前时间点,作为第一时间点,根据第一时间点生成直播间随机切换请求。The first time point refers to the time point when the display device receives the live broadcast switching instruction, and the first time point can be used for the server to match the anchor identification for the user ID, so that the display device switches the first live broadcast room to the second corresponding to the anchor identification Studio. Specifically, the display device may acquire the current time point as the first time point when receiving the live room switch instruction, and generate a random switch request for the live room according to the first time point.
服务器可以为直播应用的后台服务器,可以为一个物理服务器、多个物理服务器组成的集群、弹性云服务器、或云计算中心。The server may be a background server of the live broadcast application, and may be a physical server, a cluster composed of multiple physical servers, an elastic cloud server, or a cloud computing center.
可选地,生成直播间随机切换请求可以包括下述方式一或方式二。Optionally, generating a random switching request between live broadcasts may include the following manner one or manner two.
方式一、在直播间随机切换请求中携带第一时间点。示例性地,可以在直播间随机切换请求中设置时间点字段,该时间点字段用于承载接收到直播间切换指令的时间点,可以在该时间段字段中写入该第一时间点。Method 1: The first time point is carried in the random switching request between live broadcasts. Exemplarily, a time point field may be set in a random switching request between live broadcasts, and the time point field is used to carry the time of receiving a live broadcast switching instruction, and the first time point may be written in the time period field.
方式二、获取第一时间点所处的第一时间窗口,在直播间随机切换请求中携带第一时间窗口。其中,该第一时间窗口是指第一时间点所处的时间窗口。该时间窗口可以根据需求划分。例如,可以将预设时间周期平均划分为多个时间窗口,每个时间窗口的时长相等。示例性地,可以将1小时平均划分为4个时间窗口,每个时间窗口的时长为15分钟。又如,可以将第一时间点所处的小时、日等作为第一时间窗口。当然,还可以采用其他任一方式划分时间窗口,本实施例对此不做限定。可选地,可以在直播间随机切换请求中设置时间窗口字段,该时间窗口字段用于承载接收到直播间切换指令的时间点所处的时间窗口,在该时间窗口字段中写入该第一时间点。Method 2: Obtain the first time window at the first time point, and carry the first time window in the random switching request in the live broadcast room. The first time window refers to the time window where the first time point is located. The time window can be divided according to requirements. For example, the preset time period may be divided into multiple time windows on average, and the duration of each time window is equal. Illustratively, 1 hour can be divided into 4 time windows on average, and the duration of each time window is 15 minutes. As another example, the hour, day, etc. at the first time point may be used as the first time window. Of course, the time window can also be divided in any other manner, which is not limited in this embodiment. Optionally, a time window field may be set in the random switching request between live broadcasts, and the time window field is used to carry the time window at the time point when the live broadcast switching instruction is received, and the first window is written in the time window field Point in time.
可选地,生成直播间随机匹配请求的方式可以包括:根据接收到直播间切换指令的第一时间点以及第一附加匹配信息,生成该直播间随机切换请求。该第一附加匹配信息是指展示设备登录的用户标识对应的附加匹配信息,该第一附加匹配信息可以用供服务器在时间维度的基础上根据其他维度的信息,为用户标识匹配主播标识。可选地,第一附加匹配信息的获取方式可以包括下述(1)至(10)中的任一项或多项。Optionally, a method for generating a random matching request between live broadcasts may include: generating the random switching request between live broadcasts according to a first time point at which a live broadcast switching instruction is received and first additional matching information. The first additional matching information refers to additional matching information corresponding to the user ID logged in by the display device. The first additional matching information can be used by the server to match the anchor ID for the user ID based on the time dimension based on information in other dimensions. Optionally, the manner of acquiring the first additional matching information may include any one or more of the following (1) to (10).
(1)获取当前所处的第一地理位置,作为第一附加匹配信息。(1) Acquire the first geographical location where it is currently located as first additional matching information.
第一地理位置是指展示设备当前所处的地理位置,例如可以为展示设备当前所处的城市、街道、小区、兴趣点(Point of Interest,简称:POI)等。The first geographic location refers to the geographic location where the display device is currently located, for example, the city, street, community, point of interest (POI), etc. where the display device is currently located.
(2)获取登录的用户标识对应的第一用户属性信息,作为第一附加匹配信息。(2) Acquire the first user attribute information corresponding to the logged-in user ID as the first additional matching information.
第一用户属性信息用于指示展示设备登录的用户标识对应的用户的属性,可以包括用户的学历、地域、年龄、社会阶层、性别、工作类型、工作性质、财富状况、负债状况中的至少一项。The first user attribute information is used to indicate the attribute of the user corresponding to the user ID logged in by the display device, and may include at least one of the user's education, region, age, social class, gender, job type, job nature, wealth status, and debt status item.
(3)获取登录的用户标识对应的第一历史行为记录,作为第一附加匹配信息。(3) Acquire the first historical behavior record corresponding to the logged-in user ID as the first additional matching information.
第一历史行为记录用于指示展示设备登录的用户标识对应的用户的历史行为,例如可以包括历史行为的次数、频率、触发时间中的至少一项。其中,该历史行为可以包括点击行为、播放行为、互动行为中的至少一项,该互动行为可以包括点赞行为、评论行为、分享行为、转发行为、收藏行为、打赏行为、加入购物车行为、私信行为、搜索行为、下载 行为、保存行为、复制行为、K歌行为、打分行为、发送弹幕行为、送礼行为、扫描图形码行为、购买行为、投票行为、订阅行为、置顶行为、踩行为、举报行为、个人信息输入行为中的至少一项。The first historical behavior record is used to indicate the historical behavior of the user corresponding to the user ID logged in by the display device, and may include, for example, at least one of the number, frequency, and trigger time of the historical behavior. Wherein, the historical behavior may include at least one of click behavior, playback behavior, and interactive behavior, and the interactive behavior may include like behavior, comment behavior, sharing behavior, forwarding behavior, favorite behavior, reward behavior, and shopping cart behavior. , Private message behavior, search behavior, download behavior, save behavior, copy behavior, karaoke behavior, scoring behavior, barrage sending behavior, gift-giving behavior, scan code behavior, purchase behavior, voting behavior, subscription behavior, top behavior, stepping behavior , At least one of reporting behavior and personal information input behavior.
(4)获取登录的用户标识对应的第一社交关系信息,作为第一附加匹配信息。(4) Acquire the first social relationship information corresponding to the logged-in user ID as the first additional matching information.
第一社交关系信息用于指示与用户建立了社交关系的其他用户,例如可以包括其他用户的标识。其中,该其他用户可以包括通过社交应用与用户建立好友关系的用户、通过社交应用与用户建立关注关系的用户、与用户属于同一社交群组的用户、用户的联系人等。The first social relationship information is used to indicate other users who have established a social relationship with the user, and for example, may include identifications of other users. The other users may include users who establish a friend relationship with the user through a social application, users who establish a follow-up relationship with the user through a social application, users who belong to the same social group as the user, and contacts of the user.
(5)获取第一历史运行记录,作为第一附加匹配信息。(5) Acquire the first historical running record as the first additional matching information.
第一历史运行记录是指展示设备的历史运行记录,该第一历史运行记录用于记录展示设备在历史运行过程产生的信息。例如,第一历史运行记录可以包括展示设备历史展示的直播间的标识、展示设备历史运行过的应用程序等。The first historical operation record refers to the historical operation record of the display device, and the first historical operation record is used to record information generated by the display device during the historical operation process. For example, the first historical operation record may include an identification of a live broadcast room that displays the historical display of the device, an application that has historically run the display device, and so on.
(6)接收输入的第一主播类型,作为第一附加匹配信息。(6) Receive the input first anchor type as the first additional matching information.
第一主播类型是指在展示设备上输入的主播类型,第一主播类型可以根据用户的输入操作确定,第一主播类型可以视为用户想要收看的主播的类型。例如,第一主播类型可以包括主播的风格、性别、年龄等。展示设备可以显示主播类型输入控件,用户可以对主播类型输入控件触发输入操作,输入主播类型,展示设备可以根据用户的输入操作,接收输入的主播类型,作为该第一主播类型。The first anchor type refers to the type of anchor input on the display device. The first anchor type can be determined according to the user's input operation. The first anchor type can be regarded as the type of anchor that the user wants to watch. For example, the first anchor type may include the anchor's style, gender, age, and so on. The display device can display the anchor type input control. The user can trigger an input operation on the anchor type input control to input the anchor type. The display device can receive the input anchor type according to the user's input operation as the first anchor type.
(7)接收输入的第一直播内容类型,作为第一附加匹配信息。(7) Receive the input first live content type as the first additional matching information.
第一直播内容类型是指在展示设备上输入的直播内容类型,第一直播内容类型可以根据用户的输入操作确定,该第一直播内容类型可以视为用户想要收看的直播内容的类型。例如,展示设备可以显示主播类型输入控件,用户可以对主播类型输入控件触发输入操作,输入主播类型,展示设备可以根据用户的输入操作,接收输入的主播类型,作为该第一主播类型。The first live content type refers to the type of live content input on the display device. The first live content type can be determined according to the user's input operation. The first live content type can be regarded as the type of live content that the user wants to watch. For example, the display device may display a host type input control, and the user may trigger an input operation on the host type input control to input the host type, and the display device may receive the input host type according to the user's input operation as the first host type.
(8)显示至少一个主播关键字,当检测到任一主播关键字被选中时,将被选中的主播关键字作为第一附加匹配信息。(8) Display at least one anchor keyword. When it is detected that any anchor keyword is selected, the selected anchor keyword is used as the first additional matching information.
主播关键字用于匹配对应的主播,以便切换至对应的主播的直播间。主播关键字可以由服务器发送给展示设备。例如,主播关键字可以为“古风”、“幽默”、“可爱”等。The anchor keyword is used to match the corresponding anchor so as to switch to the corresponding anchor's live broadcast room. The anchor keyword can be sent by the server to the display device. For example, the anchor keywords may be "gufeng", "humor", "cute", etc.
(9)显示至少一个直播内容关键字,当检测到任一直播内容关键字被选中时,将被选中的直播内容关键字作为第一附加匹配信息。(9) Display at least one live content keyword. When it is detected that any live content keyword is selected, the selected live content keyword is used as the first additional matching information.
直播内容关键字用于匹配对应的直播内容,以便切换至对应的直播内容的直播间。直播内容关键字可以由服务器发送给展示设备。例如,直播内容关键字可以为“电竞”、“美食”、“美妆”等。Live content keywords are used to match the corresponding live content, so as to switch to the live room of the corresponding live content. Live content keywords can be sent by the server to the display device. For example, the live content keywords can be "e-sports", "food", "beauty" and so on.
(10)显示至少一个搜索热点信息,当检测到任一搜索热点信息,当检测到任一搜索 热点信息被选中时,将被选中的搜索热点信息作为第一附加匹配信息。(10) Display at least one search hotspot information. When any search hotspot information is detected, when any search hotspot information is detected, the selected search hotspot information is used as the first additional matching information.
搜索热点信息用于指示直播应用当前热门搜索的主播或直播内容,搜索热点信息可以Search hotspot information is used to indicate the current popular search anchor or live content of the live streaming application.
由服务器发送给展示设备。Sent by the server to the display device.
在步骤503中,录制设备在展示第二直播间的过程中,接收到用户搜索指令。In step 503, the recording device receives the user search instruction during the presentation of the second live broadcast room.
录制设备可以采集第二直播间的数据流,例如可以通过麦克风录制第二直播间的音频流,通过摄像头拍摄第二直播间的视频流。录制设备可以向服务器发送第二直播间的数据流,通过服务器将第二直播间的数据流发布至网络上,从而进行直播。The recording device can collect the data stream of the second live room, for example, it can record the audio stream of the second live room through the microphone and shoot the video stream of the second live room through the camera. The recording device may send the data stream of the second live broadcast room to the server, and publish the data stream of the second live broadcast room to the network through the server to perform the live broadcast.
用户搜索指令用于指示搜索用户,以便将搜索到的用户视为第二直播间的新观众,向第二直播间拉入搜索到的用户。可选地,用户搜索指令的触发方式可以包括下述实现方式一至实现方式三中的任一项或多项的组合:The user search instruction is used to instruct the search user, so that the searched user is regarded as a new audience in the second live room, and the searched user is pulled into the second live room. Optionally, the triggering manner of the user search instruction may include any one or more of the following implementation manners 1 to 3:
实现方式一、用户搜索指令通过对第二直播间中展示的用户搜索控件的确认操作触发。Implementation method 1: The user search instruction is triggered by the confirmation operation of the user search control displayed in the second live room.
具体地,录制设备可以在第二直播间中展示用户搜索控件;主播可以对用户搜索控件触发确认操作,录制设备可以根据对用户搜索控件的确认操作,接收到用户搜索指令。其中,用户搜索控件用于触发用户搜索指令,用户搜索控件可以为任一种UI界面元素,例如,用户搜索控件可以为按钮、开关、入口、菜单等。相应地,对用户搜索控件的确认操作可以包括点击操作、滑动操作、长按操作等。Specifically, the recording device can display the user search control in the second live room; the anchor can trigger the confirmation operation on the user search control, and the recording device can receive the user search instruction according to the confirmation operation on the user search control. The user search control is used to trigger a user search instruction. The user search control may be any type of UI interface element. For example, the user search control may be a button, switch, entrance, menu, or the like. Correspondingly, the confirmation operation of the user search control may include a click operation, a sliding operation, a long press operation, and the like.
可选地,终端可以对用户搜索功能进行提示,从而引导主播使用用户搜索功能。结合实现方式一,终端可以针对用户搜索控件进行提示,从而帮助主播学习用户搜索控件的使用方式,进而对用户搜索控件触发确认操作。例如,终端可以在用户搜索控件的预设范围内显示提示内容,比如在用户搜索控件附近显示提示文字;又如,可以在用户搜索控件上悬浮显示提示内容,比如在用户搜索控件上悬浮显示提示文字;当然,显示提示文字仅是提示方式的举例说明,提示方式还可以为显示提示图像、播放提示动画、播放提示语音等,本实施例对此不做限定。Optionally, the terminal may prompt the user search function to guide the anchor to use the user search function. In combination with the first implementation mode, the terminal may prompt the user search control, thereby helping the anchor learn the usage method of the user search control, and then trigger the confirmation operation on the user search control. For example, the terminal can display the prompt content within the preset range of the user search control, such as displaying prompt text near the user search control; for example, the user can hover display the prompt content on the user search control, such as the user search control. Text; of course, displaying the prompt text is only an example of the prompt mode, and the prompt mode may also be displaying a prompt image, playing a prompt animation, playing a prompt voice, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment.
以提示方式为显示提示文字为例,在一个示例性场景中,用户搜索控件可以为“雷达搜索观众”的按钮,终端可以在该按钮周围显示“点击按钮,你将随机拉到新观众”的文字,当主播对按钮触发点击操作时,终端会接收到用户搜索指令。在另一个示例性场景中,用户搜索控件可以为“随机语音连麦”的按钮,终端可以在该按钮周围显示“点击按钮,你将随机与新观众进行语音连麦”的文字,当主播对按钮触发点击操作时,终端会接收到用户搜索指令。Taking the prompting method as an example of displaying prompt text, in an exemplary scenario, the user search control may be a button of "radar search audience", and the terminal may display "click the button, and you will randomly pull to a new audience" around the button. Text, when the anchor clicks on the button, the terminal will receive the user search instruction. In another exemplary scenario, the user search control may be a button of "random voice link", and the terminal may display the text "click the button, you will randomly conduct voice link with a new audience" around the button. When the button triggers a click operation, the terminal receives the user search instruction.
可选地,当第二直播间的当前用户数量符合预设条件时,录制设备可以显示用户搜索控件,当第二直播间的当前用户数量不符合预设条件时,录制设备可以隐藏用户搜索控件。例如,该预设条件可以为:第二直播间的当前用户数量小于用户数量阈值。又如,该预设条件可以为:第二直播间的当前用户数量在直播应用的所有直播间的当前用户数量排在倒 数预设位数。Optionally, when the current number of users in the second live room meets the preset condition, the recording device can display a user search control, and when the current number of users in the second live room does not meet the preset condition, the recording device can hide the user search control . For example, the preset condition may be: the current number of users in the second live broadcast room is less than the threshold of the number of users. For another example, the preset condition may be that: the current number of users in the second live broadcast room is ranked in the countdown preset number of digits in all live broadcast rooms of the live broadcast application.
示例性地,录制设备可以将第二直播间的当前用户数量发送给服务器,服务器可以判断当前用户数量是否符合预设条件,如果当前用户数量符合预设条件,则向录制设备发送用户搜索控件显示指令,录制设备接收到用户搜索控件显示指令时,可以显示用户搜索控件;如果当前用户数量不符合预设条件,则向录制设备发送用户搜索控件隐藏指令,录制设备接收到用户搜索控件隐藏指令时,可以隐藏用户搜索控件。Exemplarily, the recording device may send the current number of users in the second live broadcast room to the server, and the server may determine whether the current number of users meets the preset conditions, and if the current number of users meets the preset conditions, send a user search control display to the recording device Instruction, when the recording device receives the user search control display instruction, it can display the user search control; if the current number of users does not meet the preset conditions, the user search control hiding instruction is sent to the recording device, when the recording device receives the user search control hiding instruction , You can hide the user search control.
实现方式二、用户搜索指令通过摇晃操作触发。Implementation method 2: The user search command is triggered by shaking operation.
该摇晃操作可以为按照任意强度、任意频率、任意次数对录制设备进行摇晃的操作。主播可以对录制设备触发摇晃操作,当终端检测到摇晃操作时,即会接收到用户搜索指令。可选地,录制设备可以内置有加速度传感器、陀螺仪或其他传感器,可以通过传感器检测到摇晃操作。The shaking operation may be an operation of shaking the recording device at any intensity, any frequency, and any number of times. The anchor can trigger a shaking operation on the recording device. When the terminal detects the shaking operation, it will receive the user search instruction. Optionally, the recording device may have an acceleration sensor, a gyroscope or other sensors built in, and the shaking operation may be detected by the sensor.
可选地,终端可以对用户搜索功能进行提示,从而引导主播使用用户搜索功能。结合实现方式二,终端可以针对摇晃操作进行提示,从而帮助主播学习摇晃操作,进而对录制设备触发摇晃操作。例如,终端可以在第二直播间中显示提示内容,比如在第二直播间的某个角落显示提示文字。当然,显示提示文字仅是提示方式的举例说明,提示方式还可以为显示提示图像、播放提示动画、播放提示语音等,本实施例对此不做限定。Optionally, the terminal may prompt the user search function to guide the anchor to use the user search function. In combination with the second implementation method, the terminal may prompt the shaking operation, thereby helping the anchor learn the shaking operation, and then trigger the shaking operation on the recording device. For example, the terminal may display the prompt content in the second live broadcast room, for example, display the prompt text in a corner of the second live broadcast room. Of course, displaying the prompt text is only an example of the prompting method, and the prompting method may also be displaying a prompting image, playing a prompting animation, playing a prompting voice, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment.
以提示方式为显示提示文字为例,在一个示例性场景中,终端可以在第二直播间的角落显示“摇一摇,你将随机摇到新观众”的文字,当主播对录制设备触发摇晃操作时,终端会接收到用户搜索指令。在另一个示例性场景中,终端可以在第二直播间的角落显示“摇一摇,你将随机与新观众进行语音连麦”的文字,当主播对录制设备触发摇晃操作时,终端会接收到用户搜索指令。Taking the prompting method as an example of displaying prompt text, in an exemplary scenario, the terminal may display the text "Shake, you will randomly shake to a new audience" in the corner of the second live room. When the anchor triggers the shaking of the recording device During operation, the terminal will receive a user search instruction. In another exemplary scenario, the terminal may display the text "Shake it, you will randomly perform voice connection with the new audience" in the corner of the second live room. When the anchor triggers the shake operation on the recording device, the terminal will receive To the user search instruction.
实现方式三、用户搜索指令通过用户搜索语音触发。Implementation method 3: The user search instruction is triggered by the user search voice.
用户搜索语音用于触发用户搜索指令,主播可以发出用户搜索语音,当终端检测到用户搜索语音,即会接收到用户搜索指令。其中,用户搜索语音可以为包含至少一个关键词的语音,该关键词用于指示切换直播间,例如,关键词可以为“求观众”、“搜观众”、“求人气”等。可选地,录制设备可以内置有麦克风或其他传感器,可以通过传感器检测到用户搜索语音。The user search voice is used to trigger the user search instruction. The anchor can issue the user search voice, and when the terminal detects the user search voice, the user search instruction will be received. The user search voice may be a voice containing at least one keyword, which is used to instruct switching of the live broadcast room. For example, the keyword may be "seeking audience", "searching audience", "seeking popularity", etc. Optionally, the recording device may have a microphone or other sensors built-in, and the user can detect the voice of the user through the sensor.
可选地,终端可以对用户搜索功能进行提示,从而引导主播使用用户搜索功能。结合实现方式三,终端可以针对用户搜索语音进行提示,从而帮助主播学习如何发出用户搜索语音,进而发出用户搜索语音。例如,终端可以在第二直播间中显示提示内容,比如在第二直播间的某个角落显示提示文字。当然,显示提示文字仅是提示方式的举例说明,提示方式还可以为显示提示图像、播放提示动画、播放提示语音等,本实施例对此不做限定。Optionally, the terminal may prompt the user search function to guide the anchor to use the user search function. In combination with the third implementation mode, the terminal can prompt the user search voice, thereby helping the anchor learn how to issue the user search voice and then the user search voice. For example, the terminal may display the prompt content in the second live broadcast room, for example, display the prompt text in a corner of the second live broadcast room. Of course, displaying the prompt text is only an example of the prompting method, and the prompting method may also be displaying a prompting image, playing a prompting animation, playing a prompting voice, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment.
以提示方式为显示提示文字为例,在一个示例性场景中,终端可以在第二直播间的角 落显示“说出求观众,你将随机拉到新观众”的文字,当主播说出“求观众!”,则录制设备会检测到用户搜索语音,则会接收到用户搜索指令。Taking the prompting method as an example of displaying prompt text, in an exemplary scenario, the terminal may display the text "Say to ask the audience, you will randomly pull to a new audience" in the corner of the second live room, when the anchor announces Audience!", the recording device will detect the user search voice and will receive the user search instruction.
需要说明的是,录制设备可以择一执行上述实现方式一至实现方式三中的任一项,从而接收用户搜索指令,也可以执行上述实现方式一至实现方式三中多项的结合,从而接收用户搜索指令。其中,上述实现方式一至实现方式三中多项可以以且的关系结合,也可以以或的关系结合。以实现方式二和实现方式三以且的关系相结合为例,录制设备可以当检测到摇晃操作且检测到用户搜索语音时,接收到用户搜索指令。It should be noted that the recording device may alternatively execute any one of the foregoing implementation manners 1 to 3 to receive the user search instruction, or may perform a combination of the foregoing implementation manners 1 to 3 to receive the user search instruction. Among them, multiple items in the foregoing implementation manners 1 to 3 may be combined in a relationship of or, or in a relationship of or. Taking the relationship between Implementation Mode 2 and Implementation Mode 3 as an example, the recording device may receive a user search instruction when a shaking operation is detected and a user search voice is detected.
在步骤504中,录制设备根据接收到用户搜索指令的第二时间点,生成用户随机拉入请求,向服务器发送用户随机拉入请求。In step 504, the recording device generates a user random pull request according to the second time point when the user search instruction is received, and sends the user random pull request to the server.
用户随机拉入请求用于请求为录制设备录制的第二直播间随机拉入用户,以便将第二直播间的数据流发送至被拉入用户的展示设备,模拟用户传送到第二直播间的效果。可选地,用户随机拉入请求可以携带录制设备登录的主播的主播标识。其中,主播标识用于指示对应的主播,可以包括主播的ID、名称等。The user random pull request is used to request the second live room recorded for the recording device to randomly pull in the user, so as to send the data stream of the second live room to the display device of the pulled user, to simulate the user's transmission to the second live room effect. Optionally, the user's random pull-in request may carry the anchor identifier of the anchor logged in by the recording device. The anchor identifier is used to indicate the corresponding anchor, and may include the ID and name of the anchor.
第二时间点是指录制设备接收到用户搜索指令的时间点,第二时间点可以用于供服务器为主播标识匹配用户标识,以便将匹配到的用户标识对应的用户拉入第二直播间。具体来讲,录制设备可以当接收到用户搜索指令时,获取当前时间点,作为第二时间点,根据第二时间点生成用户随机拉入请求。The second time point refers to the time point at which the recording device receives the user search instruction. The second time point can be used by the server to match the user identification with the host identification so as to pull the user corresponding to the matched user identification into the second live room. Specifically, when receiving the user search instruction, the recording device may acquire the current time point as the second time point and generate a user random pull request according to the second time point.
可选地,生成用户随机拉入请求可以包括下述方式一或方式二。Optionally, generating the user random pull request may include the following manner one or manner two.
方式一、在用户随机拉入请求中携带第二时间点。示例性地,可以在用户随机拉入请求中设置时间点字段,该时间点字段用于承载接收到用户搜索指令的时间点,可以在该时间段字段中写入该第一时间点。Method 1: Carry the second time point in the user's random pull request. Exemplarily, a time point field may be set in the user's random pull request, the time point field is used to carry the time point when the user search instruction is received, and the first time point may be written in the time period field.
方式二、获取第二时间点所处的第二时间窗口,在用户随机拉入请求中携带第二时间窗口。其中,该第二时间窗口是指第二时间点所处的时间窗口。该时间窗口可以根据需求划分。可选地,可以在用户随机拉入请求中设置时间窗口字段,该时间窗口字段用于承载接收到用户搜索指令的时间点所处的时间窗口,在该时间窗口字段中写入该第二时间点。Method 2: Obtain the second time window at the second time point, and carry the second time window in the user's random pull request. The second time window refers to the time window where the second time point is located. The time window can be divided according to requirements. Optionally, a time window field may be set in the user's random pull request, and the time window field is used to carry the time window at the time point when the user search instruction is received, and the second time is written in the time window field point.
可选地,生成用户随机拉入请求的方式可以包括:根据接收到用户搜索指令的第二时间点以及第二附加匹配信息,生成用户随机拉入请求。该第二附加匹配信息是指录制设备登录的用户标识对应的附加匹配信息,该第二附加匹配信息可以用供服务器在时间维度的基础上根据其他维度的信息,为主播标识匹配用户标识。可选地,第二附加匹配信息的获取方式可以包括下述(1)至(10)中的任一项或多项。Optionally, the method for generating the user's random pull request may include: generating the user's random pull request according to the second time point when the user search instruction is received and the second additional matching information. The second additional matching information refers to additional matching information corresponding to the user ID logged in by the recording device. The second additional matching information can be used by the server to match the user ID with the anchor ID based on the information in other dimensions based on the time dimension. Optionally, the manner of acquiring the second additional matching information may include any one or more of the following (1) to (10).
(1)获取当前所处的第二地理位置,作为第二附加匹配信息;(1) Obtain the current second geographic location as second additional matching information;
第二地理位置是指录制设备当前所处的地理位置。The second geographic location refers to the geographic location where the recording device is currently located.
(2)获取登录的主播标识对应的第二主播属性信息,作为第二附加匹配信息;(2) Obtain the second anchor attribute information corresponding to the registered anchor ID as second additional matching information;
第二主播属性信息用于指示录制设备登录的主播标识对应的主播的属性,可以包括主播的学历、地域、年龄、社会阶层、性别、工作类型、工作性质、财富状况、负债状况中的至少一项。The second anchor attribute information is used to indicate the attribute of the anchor corresponding to the anchor identifier registered by the recording device, and may include at least one of the anchor's education, region, age, social class, gender, job type, job nature, wealth status, and debt status item.
(3)获取登录的主播标识对应的第二历史行为记录,作为第二附加匹配信息;(3) Obtain the second historical behavior record corresponding to the registered anchor ID as the second additional matching information;
第二历史行为记录用于指示录制设备登录的主播标识对应的主播的历史行为,例如可以包括历史行为的次数、频率、触发时间中的至少一项。The second historical behavior record is used to indicate the historical behavior of the anchor corresponding to the anchor identifier registered by the recording device, and may include, for example, at least one of the number, frequency, and trigger time of the historical behavior.
(4)获取登录的主播标识对应的第二社交关系信息,作为第二附加匹配信息;(4) Obtain the second social relationship information corresponding to the logged-in anchor ID as the second additional matching information;
(5)获取第二历史运行记录,作为第二附加匹配信息;(5) Obtain the second historical operation record as the second additional matching information;
第二历史运行记录是指录制设备的历史运行记录,该第二历史运行记录用于记录录制设备在历史运行过程产生的信息。例如,第二历史运行记录可以包括录制设备历史录制的直播间的标识、录制设备历史运行过的应用程序等。The second historical operation record refers to the historical operation record of the recording device, and the second historical operation record is used to record information generated during the historical operation of the recording device. For example, the second historical operation record may include an identification of the live broadcast room recorded by the recording device history, an application program that the recording device has historically operated, and the like.
(6)获取登录的主播标识对应的第二主播类型,作为第二附加匹配信息;(6) Acquire the second anchor type corresponding to the registered anchor ID as the second additional matching information;
第二主播类型是指登录的主播标识对应的主播类型,第二主播类型可以根据主播个人的输入操作确定,也可以由服务器根据主播标识历史上传的直播内容确定。The second anchor type refers to the anchor type corresponding to the registered anchor ID. The second anchor type can be determined according to the personal input operation of the anchor, or can be determined by the server according to the live content uploaded by the anchor ID history.
(7)获取第二直播间的第二直播内容类型,作为第二附加匹配信息;(7) Obtain the second live broadcast content type of the second live broadcast room as the second additional matching information;
第二直播内容类型是指在录制设备上输入的直播内容类型,第二直播内容类型可以根据主播的输入操作确定,也可以由服务器根据主播标识历史上传的直播内容确定。The second live content type refers to the type of live content input on the recording device. The second live content type may be determined according to the input operation of the host, or may be determined by the server according to the live content uploaded by the host logo history.
(8)获取登录的主播标识对应的第二主播关键字,作为第二附加匹配信息;(8) Acquire the second anchor keyword corresponding to the registered anchor identifier as the second additional matching information;
主播关键字用于匹配对应的主播,以便切换至对应的主播的直播间。主播关键字可以由服务器发送给录制设备。例如,主播关键字可以为“古风”、“幽默”、“可爱”等。The anchor keyword is used to match the corresponding anchor so as to switch to the corresponding anchor's live broadcast room. The anchor keyword can be sent by the server to the recording device. For example, the anchor keywords may be "gufeng", "humor", "cute", etc.
(9)获取第二直播间的第二直播内容关键字,作为第二附加匹配信息。(9) Acquire the second live content keywords of the second live broadcast room as second additional matching information.
直播内容关键字用于指示第二直播间的直播内容。The live content keyword is used to indicate the live content of the second live broadcast room.
(10)获取登录的主播标识或第二直播间所符合的搜索热点信息,作为第二附加匹配信息。(10) Obtain the registered anchor identification or the search hotspot information corresponding to the second live broadcast room as the second additional matching information.
在步骤505中,当服务器接收到展示设备的直播间随机切换请求以及录制设备的用户随机拉入请求时,根据直播间随机切换请求以及用户随机拉入请求,确定第一时间点与第二时间点符合匹配条件。In step 505, when the server receives the random switching request between the live broadcast of the display device and the user's random pull request of the recording device, the first time point and the second time are determined according to the random switching request between the live broadcast and the user's random pull request The points meet the matching conditions.
匹配条件用于指示第一时间点与第二时间点是否匹配,从而指示用户标识与主播标识是否匹配,进而指示是否让登录用户标识的展示设备切换展示主播标识的直播间。The matching condition is used to indicate whether the first time point matches the second time point, thereby indicating whether the user ID and the anchor ID match, and then indicating whether the display device of the logged-in user ID switches the live broadcast room displaying the anchor ID.
可选地,该匹配条件可以包括:第一时间点以及第二时间点之间的时间戳小于时间差阈值;相应地,步骤505可以包括:获取第一时间点与第二时间点之间的时间差,确定时间差小于时间差阈值。其中,关于获取第一时间点以及第二时间点的方式,可以解析直播间随机切换请求,得到直播间随机切换请求携带的第一时间点;可以解析用户随机拉入请 求,得到用户随机拉入请求携带的第二时间点。Optionally, the matching condition may include: the time stamp between the first time point and the second time point is less than a time difference threshold; accordingly, step 505 may include: acquiring the time difference between the first time point and the second time point To determine that the time difference is less than the time difference threshold. Among them, regarding the method of obtaining the first time point and the second time point, the random switch request in the live broadcast room can be parsed to obtain the first time point carried in the random switch request in the live broadcast room; the user random pull request can be parsed to obtain the user random pull in The second point in time carried in the request.
可选地,该匹配条件可以包括:第一时间点所处的第一时间窗口与第二时间点之间的第二时间窗口重叠;相应地,步骤505可以包括:获取第一时间点所处的第一时间窗口以及第二时间点之间的第二时间窗口,确定第一时间窗口与第二时间窗口重叠。其中,第一时间窗口与第二时间窗口重叠可以包括第一时间窗口包含第二时间窗口、第二时间窗口包含第一时间窗口、第一时间窗口与第二时间窗口交叉等。Optionally, the matching condition may include: the first time window at the first time point overlaps with the second time window at the second time point; accordingly, step 505 may include: acquiring the first time point The first time window and the second time window between the second time point determine that the first time window overlaps the second time window. Wherein the overlapping of the first time window and the second time window may include that the first time window contains the second time window, the second time window contains the first time window, the first time window crosses the second time window, and so on.
其中,关于获取第一时间窗口以及第二时间窗口的方式,若展示设备在直播间随机切换请求携带了时间窗口,可以解析直播间随机切换请求,得到直播间随机切换请求携带的第一时间窗口;若录制设备在用户随机拉入请求携带了时间窗口,可以解析用户随机拉入请求,得到用户随机拉入请求携带的第二时间窗口。若展示设备在直播间随机切换请求携带了时间点,可以解析直播间随机切换请求,得到直播间随机切换请求携带的第一时间点,获取第一时间点所处的时间窗口,得到第一时间窗口;若录制设备在用户随机拉入请求携带了时间点,可以解析用户随机拉入请求,得到用户随机拉入请求携带的第二时间点,获取第二时间点所处的时间窗口,得到第二时间窗口。Among them, regarding the method of obtaining the first time window and the second time window, if the display device carries a time window in the random switching request in the live broadcast room, it can parse the random switch request in the live broadcast room to obtain the first time window carried in the random switch request in the live broadcast room ; If the recording device carries a time window in the user's random pull request, it can parse the user's random pull request to obtain the second time window carried in the user's random pull request. If the display device carries a time point during the random switching request in the live broadcast, it can parse the random switch request in the live broadcast to obtain the first time point carried in the random switch request in the live broadcast, obtain the time window in which the first time point is located, and obtain the first time. Window; if the recording device carries a time point when the user randomly pulls in the request, it can parse the user's random pull request to obtain the second time point carried by the user's random pull request, obtain the time window where the second time point is located, and obtain the first Two time windows.
可选地,服务器可以根据直播间随机切换请求以及用户随机拉入请求,确定第一时间点以及第二时间点符合匹配条件,且确定展示设备对应的第一附加匹配信息以及录制设备对应的第二附加匹配信息符合附加匹配条件。Optionally, the server may determine that the first time point and the second time point meet the matching conditions according to the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull-in request, and determine the first additional matching information corresponding to the display device and the third corresponding to the recording device 2. The additional matching information meets the additional matching conditions.
具体地,确定展示设备对应的第一附加匹配信息以及录制设备对应的第二附加匹配信息符合附加匹配条件,可以包括下述(1)至(10):Specifically, determining that the first additional matching information corresponding to the display device and the second additional matching information corresponding to the recording device meet the additional matching conditions may include the following (1) to (10):
(1)确定展示设备当前所处的第一地理位置与录制设备当前所处的第二地理位置符合第一附加匹配条件。(1) Determine that the first geographic location where the display device is currently located and the second geographic location where the recording device is currently meet the first additional matching condition.
(1)可以包括下述(1.1)或(1.2)。(1) The following (1.1) or (1.2) may be included.
(1.1)获取第一地理位置与第二地理位置之间的距离,确定该距离小于距离阈值。(1.1) Obtain the distance between the first geographic location and the second geographic location, and determine that the distance is less than the distance threshold.
(1.2)确定第一地理位置所处的地域和第二地理位置所处的地域相同。(1.2) Determine that the area where the first geographic location is located is the same as the area where the second geographic location is located.
(2)确定展示设备登录的用户标识对应的第一用户属性信息与录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二用户属性信息符合第二附加匹配条件。(2) It is determined that the first user attribute information corresponding to the user ID registered by the display device and the second user attribute information corresponding to the host ID registered by the recording device meet the second additional matching condition.
举例来说,(2)可以包括:获取第一用户属性信息与第二用户属性信息之间的匹配度,确定该匹配度小于匹配度阈值。For example, (2) may include: obtaining a matching degree between the first user attribute information and the second user attribute information, and determining that the matching degree is less than a matching degree threshold.
(3)确定展示设备登录的用户标识对应的第一历史行为记录与录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二历史行为记录符合第三附加匹配条件。(3) It is determined that the first historical behavior record corresponding to the user ID logged in by the display device and the second historical behavior record corresponding to the anchor ID logged in by the recording device meet the third additional matching condition.
举例来说,(3)可以包括:获取第一历史行为记录与第一历史行为记录之间的匹配度,确定该匹配度小于匹配度阈值。For example, (3) may include: obtaining a matching degree between the first historical behavior record and the first historical behavior record, and determining that the matching degree is less than a matching degree threshold.
(4)确定展示设备登录的用户标识对应的第一社交关系信息与录制设备登录的主播 标识对应的第二社交关系信息符合第四附加匹配条件。(4) It is determined that the first social relationship information corresponding to the user ID logged in by the display device and the second social relationship information corresponding to the anchor ID logged in by the recording device meet the fourth additional matching condition.
举例来说,(4)可以包括:获取第一社交关系信息与第二社交关系之间的匹配度,确定该匹配度小于匹配度阈值。For example, (4) may include: obtaining a degree of matching between the first social relationship information and the second social relationship, and determining that the degree of matching is less than a matching degree threshold.
(5)确定展示设备的第一历史运行记录与录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二历史运行记录符合第五附加匹配条件;(5) Determine that the first historical operation record of the display device and the second historical operation record corresponding to the anchor identifier registered by the recording device meet the fifth additional matching condition;
举例来说,(5)可以包括:获取第一历史运行记录与第二历史运行记录之间的匹配度,确定该匹配度小于匹配度阈值。For example, (5) may include: obtaining a matching degree between the first historical running record and the second historical running record, and determining that the matching degree is less than the matching degree threshold.
(6)确定在展示设备上输入的第一主播类型与录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二主播类型符合第六附加匹配条件;(6) Determine that the first anchor type entered on the display device and the second anchor type corresponding to the anchor identification registered by the recording device meet the sixth additional matching condition;
举例来说,(6)可以包括:确定第一主播类型与第二主播类型相同。For example, (6) may include: determining that the first anchor type is the same as the second anchor type.
(7)确定在展示设备上输入的第一直播内容类型与第二直播间的第二直播内容类型与符合第七附加匹配条件;(7) Determine that the first live content type entered on the display device and the second live content type in the second live broadcast room meet the seventh additional matching condition;
举例来说,(7)可以包括:确定第一直播内容类型与第二直播内容类型相同。For example, (7) may include: determining that the first live broadcast content type is the same as the second live broadcast content type.
(8)确定在展示设备上被选中的第一主播关键字与录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二主播关键字符合第八附加匹配条件;(8) Determine that the first anchor keyword selected on the display device and the second anchor keyword corresponding to the anchor identifier registered by the recording device meet the eighth additional matching condition;
举例来说,(8)可以包括:确定第一主播关键字与第二主播关键字相同。又如,(8)可以包括:获取第一主播关键字与第二主播关键字之间的匹配度,确定匹配度大于匹配度阈值。For example, (8) may include: determining that the first anchor keyword is the same as the second anchor keyword. For another example, (8) may include: obtaining a matching degree between the first anchor keyword and the second anchor keyword, and determining that the matching degree is greater than a matching threshold.
(9)确定在展示设备上被选中的第一直播内容关键字与第二直播间对应的第二直播内容关键字与符合第九附加匹配条件。(9) Determine that the first live broadcast content keyword selected on the display device and the second live broadcast content keyword corresponding to the second live broadcast room meet the ninth additional matching condition.
(10)确定在展示设备上被选中的搜索热点信息与录制设备登录的主播标识或者第二直播间的直播内容符合第十附加匹配条件。(10) It is determined that the search hotspot information selected on the display device and the anchor identification registered in the recording device or the live broadcast content of the second live broadcast room meet the tenth additional matching condition.
可选地,在任一时刻可以存在多个搜索观众的主播,相应地,在任一时刻可以存在多个发送用户随机拉入请求的录制设备,可以获取多个录制设备登录的主播标识,通过多个主播标识的匹配优先级,从多个主播标识中选取目标主播标识,以便将用户标识与目标主播标识匹配,进而将登录目标主播标识的录制设备的第一数据流发送给展示设备。其中,匹配优先级用于指示将用户标识与对应主播标识进行匹配的优先程度,匹配优先级越高,表明对应的主播标识与用户标识越匹配,选取对应的主播标识的概率越高。Optionally, there can be multiple anchors searching for viewers at any one time. Correspondingly, there can be multiple recording devices sending random pull-in requests from users at any one time. For the matching priority of the anchor identification, the target anchor identification is selected from the plurality of anchor identifications, so as to match the user identification with the target anchor identification, and then send the first data stream of the recording device logged in the target anchor identification to the display device. The matching priority is used to indicate the priority of matching the user identification with the corresponding anchor identification. A higher matching priority indicates that the corresponding anchor identification matches the user identification and the higher the probability of selecting the corresponding anchor identification.
具体来讲,通过匹配优先级来选取目标主播标识的过程可以通过以下步骤一和步骤二实现:Specifically, the process of selecting the target anchor identifier by matching priorities can be achieved through the following steps one and two:
步骤一、根据多个录制设备登录的主播的属性信息以及行为记录中的至少一项,获取多个录制设备登录的主播标识的匹配优先级。Step 1: Acquire the matching priority of the anchor identifiers registered by the multiple recording devices according to at least one of the attribute information of the anchors registered by the multiple recording devices and the behavior record.
示例性地,步骤一可以包括下述方式一至方式四中的任一项或多项。为了区分描述, 将下述方式一至方式四中涉及的匹配优先级分别称为第一匹配优先级、第二匹配优先级、第三匹配优先级、第四匹配优先级。Exemplarily, step one may include any one or more of the following manner one to manner four. In order to distinguish the description, the matching priorities involved in the following modes 1 to 4 are referred to as a first matching priority, a second matching priority, a third matching priority, and a fourth matching priority, respectively.
方式一、根据多个主播标识对应的历史连麦时刻,获取多个主播标识的第一匹配优先级。Method 1: Acquire the first matching priority of the multiple anchor identifiers according to the historical continuous wheat time corresponding to the multiple anchor identifiers.
主播标识对应的历史连麦时刻越近,第一匹配优先级越高。在一种可能的实现中,可以根据历史连麦时刻以及当前时刻,获取历史连麦时刻与当前时刻之间的时间差,根据该时间差获取第一匹配优先级,时间差越大,第一匹配优先级越高。示例性地,如果历史连麦时刻与当前时刻之间的时间差小于3天,可以获取高匹配优先级,如果历史连麦时刻与当前时刻之间的时间差不小于30天,可以获取低匹配优先级。The closer the historical continuous wheat time corresponding to the anchor identifier, the higher the first matching priority. In a possible implementation, the time difference between the historical continuous wheat time and the current time may be obtained according to the historical continuous wheat time and the current time, and the first matching priority may be obtained according to the time difference. The larger the time difference, the first matching priority The higher. Exemplarily, if the time difference between the historical continuous time and the current time is less than 3 days, a high matching priority can be obtained, and if the time difference between the historical continuous time and the current time is not less than 30 days, a low matching priority can be obtained .
方式二、根据多个主播标识的第二直播间的当前用户数量,获取多个主播标识的第二匹配优先级。Manner 2: According to the current number of users in the second live broadcast room with multiple anchor identifiers, second matching priorities of multiple anchor identifiers are obtained.
第二直播间的当前用户数量越少,第二匹配优先级越高。在一种可能的实现中,可以根据当前直播间人数,查询当前直播间人数与第二匹配优先级之间的第一对应关系,得到当前直播间人数对应的第二匹配优先级。其中,第一对应关系包括至少一个当前直播间人数以及至少一个第二匹配优先级,第一对应关系中越少的当前直播间人数对应的第二匹配优先级越高。例如,当前直播间人数为0,则第二匹配优先级是10,当前直播间人数为10,则第二匹配优先级是0,当前直播间人数大于10,则第二匹配优先级是0。The smaller the number of current users in the second live broadcast room, the higher the second matching priority. In a possible implementation, the first correspondence between the current number of people in the live broadcast room and the second matching priority may be queried according to the current number of people in the live broadcast room to obtain the second matching priority corresponding to the current number of live broadcast rooms. The first correspondence relationship includes at least one current live broadcast room number and at least one second matching priority, and the smaller the first correspondence relationship, the smaller the current live broadcast room number corresponds to the second matching priority. For example, if the number of people in the live broadcast room is 0, the second matching priority is 10. If the number of people in the live broadcast room is 10, then the second matching priority is 0. If the number of current live broadcast rooms is more than 10, the second matching priority is 0.
方式三、根据多个主播标识对应的流量,获取多个主播标识的第三匹配优先级。Method 3: Acquire the third matching priority of the multiple anchor identifiers according to the traffic corresponding to the multiple anchor identifiers.
主播标识对应的流量越少,第三匹配优先级越高。在一种可能的实现中,可以根据流量,查询流量与第三匹配优先级之间的第二对应关系,得到流量对应的第三匹配优先级。其中,第二对应关系包括至少一个流量以及至少一个第三匹配优先级,第二对应关系中越少的流量对应的第三匹配优先级越高。例如,流量为100,则第三匹配优先级是10,流量为10万,则第三匹配优先级是0。The less traffic corresponding to the anchor identification, the higher the third matching priority. In a possible implementation, the second correspondence between the traffic and the third matching priority may be queried according to the traffic to obtain the third matching priority corresponding to the traffic. Wherein, the second correspondence includes at least one flow and at least one third matching priority, and the smaller the flow in the second correspondence, the higher the third matching priority. For example, if the traffic is 100, the third matching priority is 10, and if the traffic is 100,000, the third matching priority is 0.
方式四、根据述多个主播标识对应的收入,获取多个主播标识的第四匹配优先级。Manner 4: According to the income corresponding to the multiple anchor identifiers, obtain the fourth matching priority of the multiple anchor identifiers.
播标识对应的收入越少,第四匹配优先级越高。在一种可能的实现中,可以根据收入,查询收入与第四匹配优先级之间的第三对应关系,得到收入对应的第四匹配优先级。其中,第三对应关系包括至少一个收入以及至少一个第四匹配优先级,第三对应关系中越少的收入对应的第四匹配优先级越高。例如,收入为1000,则第四匹配优先级是10,收入为10万,则第四匹配优先级是0。The lower the income corresponding to the broadcast ID, the higher the fourth matching priority. In a possible implementation, the third correspondence between the income and the fourth matching priority may be queried according to the income to obtain the fourth matching priority corresponding to the income. The third correspondence relationship includes at least one income and at least one fourth matching priority, and the lower the income in the third correspondence relationship, the higher the fourth matching priority. For example, if the income is 1000, the fourth matching priority is 10, and the income is 100,000, then the fourth matching priority is 0.
步骤二、根据多个录制设备登录的主播的匹配优先级,从多个录制设备登录的主播中,选取匹配优先级最高的目标主播。Step 2: According to the matching priority of the anchors logged in by multiple recording devices, select the target anchor with the highest matching priority from the anchors logged in by multiple recording devices.
可选地,可以对多个录制设备登录的主播按照匹配优先级从高到低的顺序进行排序,从多个录制设备登录的主播中,选取匹配优先级最高的目标主播,之后,可以向展示设备 发送目标主播标识对应的第二直播间的第一数据流。Optionally, the anchors logged in by multiple recording devices can be sorted according to the order of matching priority from high to low. From among the anchors logged in by multiple recording devices, the target anchor with the highest matching priority can be selected. The device sends the first data stream of the second live broadcast room corresponding to the target anchor identification.
通过这种选取目标主播的方式,达到的效果至少可以包括:Through this method of selecting the target anchor, the effects achieved can include at least:
通过这种主播匹配方式,可以提升小主播、新主播和用户匹配的成功率,从而激活小直播间内的互动,给用户提供不重复的新鲜感。Through this method of matching anchors, the success rate of matching small anchors, new anchors, and users can be improved, thereby activating the interaction in the small live broadcast room and providing users with a sense of non-repetitive freshness.
可选地,可以采用候选池的方式,缓存大量的主播标识,从而解决用户随机拉入请求高并发的问题。具体地,当接收到用户随机拉入请求后,可以解析用户随机拉入请求,得到用户随机拉入请求携带的录制设备登录的主播标识,可以将主播标识添加至第一候选池。其中,第一候选池用于存储待匹配用户标识的主播标识,第一候选池可以通过任意存储资源实现,例如可以为主播标识列表。Optionally, a candidate pool can be used to cache a large number of anchor identifiers, so as to solve the problem of high concurrency of random user pull requests. Specifically, after receiving the user's random pull request, the user's random pull request may be parsed to obtain the anchor identifier of the recording device login carried by the user's random pull request, and the anchor identifier may be added to the first candidate pool. The first candidate pool is used to store the anchor identification of the user ID to be matched. The first candidate pool may be implemented by any storage resource, for example, it may be a list of anchor identifications.
相应地,当接收到直播间随机切换请求时,可以从第一候选池中获取主播标识。例如,可以根据展示设备接收到直播间切换指令的第一时间点,查询第一候选池中第二时间点与该第一时间点符合匹配条件的主播标识。例如,可以遍历第一候选池中每个主播标识,依次判断每个主播标识的第二时间点与第一时间点是否符合匹配条件,直至确定出与第一时间点符合匹配条件的第二时间点,确定该第二时间点对应的主播标识。另外,当确定主播标识与用户标识符合匹配条件后,即可删除第一候选池中的主播标识,从而节约第一候选池的存储资源。Correspondingly, when a random switching request between live broadcasts is received, the anchor identification can be obtained from the first candidate pool. For example, according to the first time point at which the display device receives the instruction for switching between live broadcasts, the anchor identifier of the second time point in the first candidate pool that matches the first time point with the matching condition may be queried. For example, it is possible to traverse each anchor identifier in the first candidate pool, and sequentially determine whether the second time point of each anchor identifier and the first time point meet the matching condition until the second time that matches the matching condition with the first time point is determined Point to determine the anchor identifier corresponding to the second time point. In addition, when it is determined that the anchor identifier and the user identifier meet the matching conditions, the anchor identifier in the first candidate pool can be deleted, thereby saving storage resources of the first candidate pool.
可选地,可以采用候选池的方式,缓存大量的用户标识,从而解决直播间随机切换请求高并发的问题。具体地,当接收到直播间随机切换请求后,可以解析直播间随机切换请求,得到直播间随机切换请求携带的展示设备登录的用户标识,可以将用户标识添加至第二候选池。其中,第二候选池用于存储待匹配主播标识的用户标识,第二候选池可以通过任意存储资源实现,例如可以为用户标识列表。Optionally, a candidate pool can be used to cache a large number of user IDs, thereby solving the problem of high concurrency of random switching requests between live broadcasts. Specifically, after receiving the random switch request in the live broadcast room, the random switch request in the live broadcast room can be parsed to obtain the user ID for the display device login carried in the random switch request in the live broadcast room, and the user ID can be added to the second candidate pool. Wherein, the second candidate pool is used to store the user ID of the anchor ID to be matched, and the second candidate pool may be implemented by any storage resource, for example, it may be a user ID list.
相应地,当接收到用户随机拉入请求时,可以从第二候选池中获取用户标识。例如,可以根据录制设备接收到用户搜索的第二时间点,查询第二候选池中第一时间点与该第二时间点符合匹配条件的用户标识。例如,可以遍历第二候选池中每个用户标识,依次判断每个用户标识的第一时间点与第二时间点是否符合匹配条件,直至确定出与第二时间点符合匹配条件的第一时间点,确定该第一时间点对应的用户标识。另外,当确定用户标识与主播标识符合匹配条件后,即可删除第二候选池中的用户标识,从而节约第二候选池的存储资源。Correspondingly, when a random user pull request is received, the user identification can be obtained from the second candidate pool. For example, according to the second time point that the recording device receives the user search, the user identifier of the first time point and the second time point in the second candidate pool that meet the matching condition may be queried. For example, it is possible to traverse each user ID in the second candidate pool, and sequentially determine whether the first time point and the second time point of each user ID meet the matching condition until the first time that matches the matching condition with the second time point is determined Point to determine the user ID corresponding to the first time point. In addition, when it is determined that the user ID and the anchor ID match the matching conditions, the user ID in the second candidate pool can be deleted, thereby saving storage resources of the second candidate pool.
在步骤506中,录制设备向服务器发送第二直播间的第一数据流。In step 506, the recording device sends the first data stream of the second live broadcast room to the server.
第一数据流是指第二直播间的数据流,第一数据流可以包括音频流、视频流中的至少一项。音频流可以通过录制设备的麦克风采集得到,视频流可以通过录制设备的摄像头拍摄得到。The first data stream refers to a data stream in a second live broadcast room. The first data stream may include at least one of an audio stream and a video stream. The audio stream can be collected by the microphone of the recording device, and the video stream can be captured by the camera of the recording device.
在步骤507中,服务器接收录制设备的第二直播间的第一数据流,向展示设备发送第 一数据流。In step 507, the server receives the first data stream of the second live room of the recording device and sends the first data stream to the display device.
在步骤508中,当展示设备接收到第一数据流时,展示设备根据第一数据流,将第一直播间切换为第二直播间。In step 508, when the display device receives the first data stream, the display device switches the first live room to the second live room according to the first data stream.
展示设备可以根据第一数据流进行音频播放或视频播放。例如,可以根据音频流进行音频播放,从而令用户听到主播的声音,又如,可以根据视频流进行视频播放,从而令用户看到主播的画面。The display device may perform audio playback or video playback according to the first data stream. For example, audio playback can be performed according to the audio stream, so that the user can hear the sound of the anchor, and for another example, video playback can be performed according to the video stream, so that the user can see the screen of the anchor.
在上述切换直播间的过程中,由于用户切换直播间的操作与主播搜索观众的操作在同一时刻触发,表明用户具有和新主播互动的需求,同时主播具有和新观众互动的需求,因此可以保证用户和主播双方的意愿匹配,保证直播间的切换过程能在主播和用户之间顺畅执行。In the above process of switching live rooms, since the user's operation to switch live rooms is triggered at the same time as the anchor search for viewers, it indicates that the user has the need to interact with the new anchor and the anchor has the need to interact with the new audience, so it can be guaranteed The wishes of both the user and the anchor match to ensure that the switching process between the live broadcast can be performed smoothly between the anchor and the user.
可选地,在提供随机切换直播间的功能的基础上,还可以提供连麦直播的功能。具体地,连麦直播是指主播在直播过程中,与直播间的至少一个观众进行实时音视频互动,同时直播间的其他观众能够收听和/或收看互动过程。具体地,主播和连麦直播的观众可以收听对方的音频、收看对方的画面,而主播和连麦直播的观众的音频以及画面会进行合成,直播间中连麦直播的观众以外的其他观众可以收听合成后的音频、收看合成后的画面。可选地,主播的画面可以在直播间中全屏显示或大区域显示,连麦直播的观众的画面可以在直播间中小区域显示。Optionally, on the basis of providing the function of randomly switching the live broadcasting room, the function of live broadcasting with Lianmai can also be provided. Specifically, Lianmai live broadcast refers to the live broadcaster performing live audio and video interaction with at least one viewer in the live broadcast during the live broadcast, while other viewers in the live broadcast can listen to and/or watch the interactive process. Specifically, the anchor and Lianmai live viewers can listen to each other’s audio and watch the other party’s picture, and the audio and screen of the anchor and Lianmai live viewers will be synthesized, and other viewers other than Lianmai live viewers in the live room can Listen to the synthesized audio and watch the synthesized picture. Optionally, the screen of the anchor can be displayed in full screen or in a large area in the live broadcast room, and the screen of the audience of Lianmai Live can be displayed in the small and medium area of the live broadcast room.
在一种可能的实现中,提供连麦直播的功能可以通过下述步骤一至步骤五实现:In a possible implementation, the function of providing Lianmai live broadcast can be implemented through the following steps 1 to 5:
步骤一、展示设备向服务器发送第二数据流。Step 1: The display device sends a second data stream to the server.
第二数据流是指展示设备录制的数据流,第二数据流可以包括音频流以及视频流中的至少一项。The second data stream refers to a data stream recorded by the display device. The second data stream may include at least one of an audio stream and a video stream.
步骤二、服务器接收展示设备的第二数据流。Step 2: The server receives the second data stream of the display device.
步骤三、服务器对第二数据流以及第一数据流进行合成,得到第三数据流。Step 3: The server synthesizes the second data stream and the first data stream to obtain a third data stream.
第三数据流为第一数据流与展示设备的第二数据流合成的一路数据流。The third data stream is a data stream composed of the first data stream and the second data stream of the display device.
步骤四、服务器向录制设备以及展示设备发送第三数据流。Step 4. The server sends a third data stream to the recording device and the display device.
步骤五、录制设备以及展示设备接收服务器的第三数据流,基于第三数据流进行音频播放或视频播放。Step 5: The recording device and the display device receive the third data stream of the server, and perform audio playback or video playback based on the third data stream.
录制设备通过基于第三数据流进行音频播放,能够令主播实时听到用户的声音,展示设备通过基于第三数据流进行音频播放,能够令用户实时听到主播的声音,从而达到在第二直播间中进行连麦语音的效果。录制设备通过基于第三数据流进行视频播放,能够令主播实时看到用户的画面,展示设备通过基于第三数据流进行视频播放,能够令用户实时看到主播的画面,从而达到在第二直播间中进行连麦视频的效果。The recording device performs audio playback based on the third data stream to enable the anchor to hear the user's voice in real time, and the display device performs audio playback based on the third data stream to enable the user to hear the host's voice in real time, thereby achieving the second live broadcast Intermittently the effect of Lianmai voice. The recording device performs video playback based on the third data stream to enable the anchor to see the user's picture in real time, and the display device performs video playback based on the third data stream to enable the user to see the anchor's picture in real time, thereby achieving the second live broadcast Intermittent video effect.
可选地,可以为提供连麦直播提供鉴权功能,该鉴权功能可以通过下述步骤一至步骤 五实现,Optionally, an authentication function may be provided for providing Lianmai live broadcast, and the authentication function may be implemented through the following steps one to five,
步骤一、展示设备生成数据流合成请求;Step 1: The display device generates a data stream synthesis request;
数据流合成请求用于请求与目标主播之间建立连麦直播,数据流合成请求可以携带展示设备登录的用户的用户标识。数据流合成请求可以包括音频流合成请求以及视频流合成请求中的至少一项。The data stream synthesis request is used to request the establishment of Lianmai live broadcast with the target anchor. The data stream synthesis request may carry the user ID of the user who is logged in by the display device. The data stream synthesis request may include at least one of an audio stream synthesis request and a video stream synthesis request.
可选地,发送数据流合成请求的时机可以包括下述(1)至(2)中的任一项或多项的组合:Optionally, the timing of sending the data stream composition request may include any one or more of the following combinations of (1) to (2):
(1)当展示设备启动第二直播间时,展示设备向录制设备发送数据流合成请求。(1) When the display device starts the second live broadcast room, the display device sends a data stream synthesis request to the recording device.
展示设备可以当启动第二直播间时,自动向录制设备发送数据流合成请求,从而达到在进入第二直播间的同时,与目标主播进行直播连麦的效果,模拟用户传送到随机匹配的主播的直播间,并开始和随机匹配的主播进行连麦的效果。其中,展示设备可以在接收到第一随机匹配结果时,向录制设备发送数据流合成请求,也可以在接收到录制设备的数据流时,向录制设备发送数据流合成请求,本实施例对此不做限定。The display device can automatically send a data stream synthesis request to the recording device when starting the second live broadcast room, so as to achieve the effect of live broadcast with the target anchor while entering the second live broadcast room, simulating the user to send to the randomly matched anchor The live broadcast room, and began to carry out the effect of random wheat with the randomly matched anchor. The display device may send a data stream synthesis request to the recording device when receiving the first random matching result, or may send a data stream synthesis request to the recording device when receiving the data stream from the recording device. No limitation.
(2)当展示设备接收到连麦指令时,展示设备向录制设备发送数据流合成请求。(2) When the display device receives the Lianmai instruction, the display device sends a data stream synthesis request to the recording device.
连麦指令用于指示与目标主播进行连麦,连麦指令可以由用户的连麦操作触发。可选地,展示设备在展示第二直播间的过程中,可以显示连麦控件,当检测到对连麦控件的确认操作时,可以接收连麦指令,向录制设备发送数据流合成请求。其中,连麦控件可以提供为任一种UI界面元素,例如,连麦控件可以为按钮、开关、入口、菜单等。相应地,对连麦控件的确认操作可以包括点击操作、滑动操作、长按操作等。The continuous wheat command is used to instruct continuous wheat with the target anchor. The continuous wheat command can be triggered by the user's continuous wheat operation. Optionally, during the process of displaying the second live broadcast room, the display device may display the continuous microphone control. When the confirmation operation of the continuous microphone control is detected, it may receive the continuous microphone instruction and send a data stream synthesis request to the recording device. The Lianmai control can be provided as any type of UI interface element, for example, the Lianmai control can be a button, switch, entrance, menu, etc. Correspondingly, the confirmation operation of the Lianmai control may include a click operation, a sliding operation, a long press operation, and the like.
步骤二、展示设备向服务器发送数据流合成请求。Step 2: The display device sends a data stream synthesis request to the server.
步骤三、服务器接收展示设备的数据流合成请求。Step 3: The server receives the data stream synthesis request of the display device.
步骤四、服务器向录制设备发送数据流合成鉴权消息。Step 4. The server sends a data stream synthesis authentication message to the recording device.
步骤五、录制设备接收服务器的数据流合成鉴权消息。Step 5: The recording device receives the server's data stream synthesis authentication message.
步骤六、录制设备根据数据流合成鉴权信息,对数据流是否合成进行提示。Step 6. The recording device synthesizes authentication information according to the data stream, and prompts whether the data stream is synthesized.
录制设备可以显示提示信息、播放提示音频等。例如,可以显示“XX观众想要与你进行连麦语音,请确认是否同意”。如果主播同意与用户进行连麦直播,可以在录制设备上触发确认操作,录制设备可以根据用户的确认操作,接收数据流合成确认指令,向展示设备发送数据流合成同意消息。The recording device can display prompt information, play prompt audio, etc. For example, you can display "XX viewers want to speak with you, please confirm whether you agree". If the anchor agrees to perform live broadcasting with the user, the confirmation operation can be triggered on the recording device. The recording device can receive the data stream synthesis confirmation instruction according to the user's confirmation operation and send the data stream synthesis consent message to the display device.
步骤七、录制设备接收数据流合成确认指令。Step 7. The recording device receives the data stream synthesis confirmation instruction.
步骤八、录制设备向服务器发送数据流合成同意消息。Step 8. The recording device sends a data stream synthesis approval message to the server.
步骤九、服务器向录制设备发送数据流合成同意消息。Step 9. The server sends a data stream synthesis approval message to the recording device.
步骤十、展示设备接收服务器的数据流合成同意消息。Step 10: The display device receives the data stream synthesis consent message from the server.
当展示设备接收到数据流合成同意消息时,可以感知到主播已经同意与用户进行连麦, 则可以采集数据流,得到第二数据流,向服务器发送第二数据流,以便服务器根据第二数据流执行上述数据流合成的步骤。When the display device receives the data stream synthesis consent message, it can sense that the anchor has agreed to connect with the user, then it can collect the data stream, obtain the second data stream, and send the second data stream to the server so that the server can use the second data The stream performs the steps of data stream synthesis described above.
本实施例提供的方法,提供了一种新颖的切换直播间的方式,可以实现将用户从当前所处的直播间随机传送到搜索用户的其他主播的直播间的功能。在直播过程中,可以根据展示设备接收到直播间切换指令的第一时间点,以及录制设备接收到用户搜索指令的第二时间点,将两个时间点符合匹配条件的主播与用户匹配到一起,从当前展示的直播间,切换展示为随机匹配到的主播的直播间,省去了展示直播间列表、从直播间列表中挑选直播间等繁琐的操作流程,加快了切换直播间的速度,提高了切换直播间的效率。同时,由于匹配到的主播具有随机性,可以给用户带来新奇的感受。The method provided in this embodiment provides a novel way to switch live broadcast rooms, which can realize the function of randomly transmitting users from the live broadcast rooms where they are currently located to the live broadcast rooms of other anchors searching for users. During the live broadcast process, you can match the anchors that match the matching conditions with the user at the two points in time according to the first point in time when the display device receives the switch instruction between live broadcasts and the second point in time when the recording device receives the user search instruction , From the currently displayed live broadcast room, switch to the live broadcast room of the randomly matched anchor, eliminating the cumbersome operation process of displaying the live broadcast room list, selecting the live broadcast room from the live broadcast room list, and accelerating the speed of switching the live broadcast room, Increased the efficiency of switching live rooms. At the same time, due to the randomness of the matched anchors, it can bring new feelings to users.
图6是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种直播间切换装置的逻辑结构框图。该直播间切换装置可以应用于上述实施例中的展示设备,包括:Fig. 6 is a block diagram of a logical structure of a device for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment. The apparatus for switching between live broadcasts can be applied to the display device in the foregoing embodiment, including:
接收模块601,用于在展示第一直播间的过程中,接收直播间切换指令;The receiving module 601 is used to receive a switching instruction of the live broadcast room during the process of displaying the first live broadcast room;
生成模块602,用于根据接收到直播间切换指令的第一时间点,生成直播间随机切换请求,所述直播间随机切换请求用于请求将所述第一直播间切换为第二直播间,所述第二直播间的第二时间点与所述第一时间点符合匹配条件,所述第二时间点为所述第二直播间的录制设备接收到用户搜索指令的时间点;The generating module 602 is configured to generate a random switching request for the live broadcasting room according to the first time point when the switching instruction for the live broadcasting room is received. The random switching request for the live broadcasting room is used to request the first live broadcasting room to be switched to the second live broadcasting room. The second time point of the second live room meets the matching condition, and the second time point is the time point when the recording device of the second live room receives the user search instruction;
发送模块603,用于向服务器发送直播间随机切换请求;The sending module 603 is used to send a random switching request between live broadcasts to the server;
接收模块601,还用于接收服务器的第二直播间的第一数据流;The receiving module 601 is also used to receive the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the server;
切换模块604,用于根据第一数据流,将第一直播间切换为第二直播间。The switching module 604 is configured to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room according to the first data stream.
在一种可能实施方式中,生成模块602,用于:在直播间随机切换请求中携带第一时间点;或者,获取第一时间点所处的第一时间窗口,在直播间随机切换请求中携带第一时间窗口。In a possible implementation manner, the generating module 602 is configured to: carry the first time point in the random switching request in the live broadcast room; or, acquire the first time window in which the first time point is located, in the random switching request in the live broadcast room Carry the first time window.
在一种可能实施方式中,生成模块602,用于:In a possible implementation manner, the generation module 602 is configured to:
根据接收到直播间切换指令的第一时间点以及第一附加匹配信息,生成直播间随机切换请求。According to the first time point and the first additional matching information of receiving the live room switching instruction, a random live room switching request is generated.
在一种可能实施方式中,装置还用于执行下述至少一个步骤:In a possible implementation manner, the device is further configured to perform at least one of the following steps:
获取当前所处的第一地理位置,作为第一附加匹配信息;Obtain the current first geographic location as the first additional matching information;
获取登录的用户标识对应的第一用户属性信息,作为第一附加匹配信息;Obtain the first user attribute information corresponding to the logged-in user ID as the first additional matching information;
获取登录的用户标识对应的第一历史行为记录,作为第一附加匹配信息;Obtain the first historical behavior record corresponding to the logged-in user ID as the first additional matching information;
获取登录的用户标识对应的第一社交关系信息,作为第一附加匹配信息;Acquiring first social relationship information corresponding to the logged-in user ID as first additional matching information;
获取第一历史运行记录,作为第一附加匹配信息;Obtain the first historical running record as the first additional matching information;
接收输入的第一主播类型,作为第一附加匹配信息;Receive the input first anchor type as the first additional matching information;
接收输入的第一直播内容类型,作为第一附加匹配信息;Receiving the input first live content type as the first additional matching information;
显示至少一个主播关键字,当检测到任一主播关键字被选中时,将被选中的主播关键字作为第一附加匹配信息;At least one anchor keyword is displayed, and when it is detected that any anchor keyword is selected, the selected anchor keyword is used as the first additional matching information;
显示至少一个直播内容关键字,当检测到任一直播内容关键字被选中时,将被选中的直播内容关键字作为第一附加匹配信息;At least one live content keyword is displayed, and when it is detected that any live content keyword is selected, the selected live content keyword is used as the first additional matching information;
显示至少一个搜索热点信息,当检测到任一搜索热点信息被选中时,将被选中的搜索热点信息作为第一附加匹配信息。At least one search hotspot information is displayed, and when it is detected that any search hotspot information is selected, the selected search hotspot information is used as the first additional matching information.
在一种可能实施方式中,发送模块603,还用于向服务器发送第二数据流;In a possible implementation manner, the sending module 603 is further configured to send the second data stream to the server;
接收模块601,还用于接收到服务器的第三数据流,第三数据流为第一数据流与第二数据流合成的数据流;The receiving module 601 is further configured to receive a third data stream of the server, where the third data stream is a data stream composed of the first data stream and the second data stream;
装置还包括:播放模块,用于根据第三数据流进行音频播放或视频播放。The device also includes a playback module for audio playback or video playback according to the third data stream.
在一种可能实施方式中,发送模块603,还用于向服务器发送数据流合成请求;In a possible implementation manner, the sending module 603 is further configured to send a data stream synthesis request to the server;
接收模块601,还用于接收服务器的数据流合成同意消息。The receiving module 601 is also used to receive a data stream synthesis consent message from the server.
在一种可能实施方式中,直播间切换指令通过对第一直播间中展示的直播间切换控件的确认操作触发;或者,In a possible implementation manner, the live broadcast switching command is triggered by the confirmation operation of the live broadcast switching control displayed in the first live broadcast room; or,
直播间切换指令通过摇晃操作触发;或者,The switching command between live broadcasts is triggered by shaking operations; or,
直播间切换指令通过直播间切换语音触发。The live broadcast switching command is triggered by the live broadcast switching voice.
图7是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种直播间切换装置的逻辑结构框图。该直播间切换装置可以应用于上述实施例中的录制设备,包括:Fig. 7 is a block diagram of a logical structure of a device for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment. The apparatus for switching between live broadcasts can be applied to the recording device in the foregoing embodiment, including:
接收模块701,用于在展示第二直播间的过程中,接收用户搜索指令;The receiving module 701 is used to receive user search instructions during the process of displaying the second live broadcast room;
生成模块702,用于根据接收到用户搜索指令的第二时间点,生成用户随机拉入请求,所述直播间随机切换请求用于请求将所述第一直播间切换为第二直播间,所述第二直播间的第二时间点与所述第一时间点符合匹配条件,所述第二时间点为所述第二直播间的录制设备接收到用户搜索指令的时间点;The generating module 702 is configured to generate a user random pull request according to the second time point when the user search instruction is received, and the live room random switching request is used to request the first live room to be switched to the second live room. The second time point of the second live room meets the matching condition with the first time point, and the second time point is the time point when the recording device of the second live room receives the user search instruction;
发送模块703,用于向服务器发送用户随机拉入请求;The sending module 703 is used to send a random user pull request to the server;
发送模块703,还用于向服务器发送第二直播间的第一数据流。The sending module 703 is further configured to send the first data stream of the second live broadcast room to the server.
在一种可能实施方式中,生成模块702,用于:在用户随机拉入请求中携带第二时间点;或者,获取第二时间点所处的第二时间窗口,在用户随机拉入请求中携带第二时间窗口。In a possible implementation manner, the generating module 702 is configured to: carry the second time point in the user's random pull request; or, obtain the second time window in which the second time point is located, in the user's random pull request Carry a second time window.
在一种可能实施方式中,生成模块702,用于:根据接收到用户搜索指令的第二时间点以及第二附加匹配信息,生成用户随机拉入请求。In a possible implementation manner, the generating module 702 is configured to: generate a user random pull request according to the second time point when the user search instruction is received and the second additional matching information.
在一种可能实施方式中,该装置还用于执行下述至少一个步骤:In a possible implementation manner, the device is further configured to perform at least one of the following steps:
获取当前所处的第二地理位置,作为第二附加匹配信息;Obtain the current second geographic location as the second additional matching information;
获取登录的主播标识对应的第二主播属性信息,作为第二附加匹配信息;Obtain the second anchor attribute information corresponding to the registered anchor ID as the second additional matching information;
获取登录的主播标识对应的第二历史行为记录,作为第二附加匹配信息;Obtain the second historical behavior record corresponding to the logged-in anchor ID as second additional matching information;
获取登录的主播标识对应的第二社交关系信息,作为第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring second social relationship information corresponding to the logged-in anchor identifier as second additional matching information;
获取第二历史运行记录,作为第二附加匹配信息;Obtain the second historical running record as the second additional matching information;
获取登录的主播标识对应的第二主播类型,作为第二附加匹配信息;Obtain the second anchor type corresponding to the registered anchor ID as the second additional matching information;
获取第二直播间的第二直播内容类型,作为第二附加匹配信息;Obtain the second live broadcast content type of the second live broadcast room as the second additional matching information;
获取登录的主播标识对应的第二主播关键字,作为第二附加匹配信息;Obtain the second anchor key corresponding to the registered anchor ID as second additional matching information;
获取第二直播间的第二直播内容关键字,作为第二附加匹配信息。Acquire second live content keywords of the second live broadcast room as second additional matching information.
获取登录的主播标识或第二直播间所符合的搜索热点信息,作为第二附加匹配信息。Obtain the logged-in anchor identifier or search hotspot information corresponding to the second live broadcast room as second additional matching information.
在一种可能实施方式中,In a possible implementation,
该接收模块701,还用于接收服务器的第三数据流,第三数据流为第一数据流与展示设备的第二数据流合成的一路数据流;The receiving module 701 is also used to receive a third data stream of the server, where the third data stream is a data stream composed of the first data stream and the second data stream of the display device;
该装置还包括:播放模块,用于基于第三数据流进行音频播放或视频播放。The device also includes a playback module for audio playback or video playback based on the third data stream.
在一种可能实施方式中,装置还包括:In a possible implementation manner, the device further includes:
接收模块701,还用于接收服务器的数据流合成鉴权消息;The receiving module 701 is also used to receive the data stream synthesis authentication message of the server;
提示模块,用于根据数据流合成鉴权信息,对数据流是否合成进行提示;The prompting module is used for synthesizing the authentication information according to the data stream and prompting whether the data stream is synthesized;
接收模块701,还用于接收数据流合成确认指令;The receiving module 701 is also used to receive a data stream synthesis confirmation instruction;
向服务器发送数据流合成同意消息。Send a data stream synthesis consent message to the server.
在一种可能实施方式中,装置还包括:In a possible implementation manner, the device further includes:
显示模块,用于当第二直播间的当前用户数量符合预设条件时,显示用户搜索控件;当第二直播间的当前用户数量不符合预设条件时,隐藏用户搜索控件。The display module is used to display the user search control when the current number of users in the second live room meets the preset conditions; and hide the user search control when the current number of users in the second live room does not meet the preset conditions.
在一种可能实施方式中,用户搜索指令通过对第二直播间中展示的用户搜索控件的确认操作触发;或者,In a possible implementation manner, the user search instruction is triggered by confirming the user search control displayed in the second live room; or,
用户搜索指令通过摇晃操作触发;或者,User search command is triggered by shaking operation; or,
用户搜索指令通过用户搜索语音触发。The user search instruction is triggered by the user search voice.
图8是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种直播间切换装置的逻辑结构框图。该直播间切换装置可以应用于上述实施例中的服务器,包括:Fig. 8 is a block diagram of a logical structure of a device for switching between live broadcasts according to an exemplary embodiment. The device for switching between live broadcasts can be applied to the server in the foregoing embodiment, including:
接收模块801,用于接收第一直播间的展示设备的直播间随机切换请求,接收第二直播间的录制设备的用户随机拉入请求;The receiving module 801 is configured to receive a random switching request of the live broadcast room of the display device in the first live broadcast room, and receive a random pull-in request of the user of the recording device of the second live broadcast room;
确定模块802,用于根据直播间随机切换请求以及用户随机拉入请求,确定展示设备接收到直播间切换指令的第一时间点与录制设备接收到用户搜索指令的第二时间点符合匹配条件;The determining module 802 is configured to determine that the first time point when the display device receives the live switch command and the second time point when the recording device receives the user search command meet the matching conditions according to the random switch request between the live broadcast and the user's random pull request.
接收模块801,还用于接收录制设备的第二直播间的第一数据流;The receiving module 801 is also used to receive the first data stream of the second live room of the recording device;
发送模块803,用于向展示设备发送第一数据流,第一数据流用于供展示设备将第一 直播间切换为第二直播间。The sending module 803 is configured to send a first data stream to the display device. The first data stream is used by the display device to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room.
在一种可能实施方式中,确定模块802,用于:获取第一时间点与第二时间点之间的时间差,确定时间差小于时间差阈值;或者,获取第一时间点所处的第一时间窗口以及第二时间点之间的第二时间窗口,确定第一时间窗口与第二时间窗口重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the determining module 802 is configured to: obtain the time difference between the first time point and the second time point, and determine that the time difference is less than the time difference threshold; or, obtain the first time window in which the first time point is located And a second time window between the second time points, it is determined that the first time window overlaps with the second time window.
在一种可能实施方式中,确定模块802,还用于:确定展示设备对应的第一附加匹配信息与录制设备对应的第二附加匹配信息符合附加匹配条件。In a possible implementation manner, the determining module 802 is further configured to determine that the first additional matching information corresponding to the display device and the second additional matching information corresponding to the recording device meet additional matching conditions.
在一种可能实施方式中,确定模块802,用于执行下述至少一个步骤:In a possible implementation manner, the determination module 802 is configured to perform at least one of the following steps:
确定展示设备当前所处的第一地理位置与录制设备当前所处的第二地理位置符合第一附加匹配条件;Determining that the first geographic location where the display device is currently and the second geographic location where the recording device is currently meet the first additional matching condition;
确定展示设备登录的用户标识对应的第一用户属性信息与录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二用户属性信息符合第二附加匹配条件;Determining that the first user attribute information corresponding to the user ID logged in by the display device and the second user attribute information corresponding to the anchor ID logged in by the recording device meet the second additional matching condition;
确定展示设备登录的用户标识对应的第一历史行为记录与录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二历史行为记录符合第三附加匹配条件;Determining that the first historical behavior record corresponding to the user ID logged in by the display device and the second historical behavior record corresponding to the anchor ID logged in by the recording device meet the third additional matching condition;
确定展示设备登录的用户标识对应的第一社交关系信息与录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二社交关系信息符合第四附加匹配条件;Determining that the first social relationship information corresponding to the user ID logged in by the display device and the second social relationship information corresponding to the anchor ID logged in by the recording device meet the fourth additional matching condition;
确定展示设备的第一历史运行记录与录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二历史运行记录符合第五附加匹配条件;It is determined that the first historical operation record of the display device and the second historical operation record corresponding to the anchor identifier registered by the recording device meet the fifth additional matching condition;
确定在展示设备上输入的第一主播类型与录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二主播类型符合第六附加匹配条件;Determine that the first anchor type entered on the display device and the second anchor type corresponding to the anchor identification registered by the recording device meet the sixth additional matching condition;
确定在展示设备上输入的第一直播内容类型与第二直播间的第二直播内容类型与符合第七附加匹配条件;Determine that the first live content type entered on the display device and the second live content type in the second live broadcast room meet the seventh additional matching condition;
确定在展示设备上被选中的第一主播关键字与录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二主播关键字符合第八附加匹配条件;It is determined that the first anchor keyword selected on the display device and the second anchor keyword corresponding to the anchor identifier registered by the recording device meet the eighth additional matching condition;
确定在展示设备上被选中的第一直播内容关键字与第二直播间对应的第二直播内容关键字与符合第九附加匹配条件;Determine that the first live content keyword selected on the display device and the second live content keyword corresponding to the second live broadcast room meet the ninth additional matching condition;
确定在展示设备上被选中的搜索热点信息与录制设备登录的主播标识或者第二直播间的直播内容符合第十附加匹配条件。It is determined that the searched hotspot information selected on the display device and the anchor identification of the recording device or the live content of the second live room meet the tenth additional matching condition.
在一种可能实施方式中,第二直播间的数量为多个,确定模块802,用于:根据直播间随机切换请求以及用户随机拉入请求,确定展示设备的第一时间点与多个录制设备对应的第二时间点符合匹配条件;In a possible implementation manner, the number of the second live broadcast room is multiple, and the determination module 802 is configured to: according to the random switch request in the live broadcast room and the user's random pull-in request, determine the first time point of the display device and multiple recordings The second time point corresponding to the device meets the matching conditions;
装置还包括:The device also includes:
选取模块,用于根据多个录制设备登录的主播标识的匹配优先级,选取多个主播标识中的目标主播标识;The selection module is used to select the target anchor identification among the multiple anchor identifications according to the matching priority of the anchor identifications registered by multiple recording devices;
向展示设备发送第一数据流,包括:Send the first data stream to the display device, including:
发送模块803,还用于向展示设备发送目标主播标识对应的第二直播间的第一数据流。The sending module 803 is further configured to send the first data stream of the second live broadcast room corresponding to the target anchor identifier to the display device.
在一种可能实施方式中,选取模块,用于执行下述至少一个步骤:In a possible implementation manner, a module is selected to perform at least one of the following steps:
根据多个主播标识对应的历史连麦时刻,获取多个主播标识的第一匹配优先级,主播标识对应的历史连麦时刻越近,第一匹配优先级越高;Obtain the first matching priority of the multiple anchor identifiers according to the historical continuous wheat moments corresponding to the multiple anchor identifiers. The closer the historical continuous microphone times corresponding to the anchor identifiers, the higher the first matching priority;
根据多个主播标识的第二直播间的当前用户数量,获取多个主播标识的第二匹配优先级,第二直播间的当前用户数量越少,第二匹配优先级越高;Obtain the second matching priority of the multiple anchor identifiers according to the current number of users in the second live broadcast rooms of multiple anchor identifiers. The smaller the number of current users in the second live broadcast room, the higher the second matching priority;
根据多个主播标识对应的流量,获取多个主播标识的第三匹配优先级,主播标识对应的流量越少,第三匹配优先级越高;Obtain the third matching priority of the multiple anchor identifiers according to the traffic corresponding to the multiple anchor identifiers. The less the traffic corresponding to the anchor identifier, the higher the third matching priority;
根据述多个主播标识对应的收入,获取多个主播标识的第四匹配优先级,主播标识对应的收入越少,第四匹配优先级越高。According to the income corresponding to the plurality of anchor identifiers, the fourth matching priority of the plurality of anchor identifiers is obtained. The less the income corresponding to the anchor identifier, the higher the fourth matching priority.
在一种可能实施方式中,接收模块801,还用于接收展示设备的第二数据流;In a possible implementation manner, the receiving module 801 is further configured to receive the second data stream of the display device;
装置还包括:合成模块,还用于对第二数据流以及第一数据流进行合成,得到第三数据流;The device further includes: a synthesis module, which is also used to synthesize the second data stream and the first data stream to obtain a third data stream;
发送模块803,还用于向录制设备以及展示设备发送第三数据流。The sending module 803 is also used to send the third data stream to the recording device and the display device.
在一种可能实施方式中,接收模块801,还用于接收展示设备的数据流合成请求;In a possible implementation manner, the receiving module 801 is further configured to receive a data stream synthesis request of the display device;
发送模块803,还用于向录制设备发送数据流合成鉴权消息;The sending module 803 is also used to send a data stream synthesis authentication message to the recording device;
接收模块801,还用于接收展示设备的数据流合成同意消息;The receiving module 801 is also used to receive the data stream synthesis consent message of the display device;
发送模块803,还用于向录制设备发送数据流合成同意消息。The sending module 803 is also used to send a data stream synthesis consent message to the recording device.
在一种可能实施方式中,装置还包括:In a possible implementation manner, the device further includes:
添加模块,用于将录制设备登录的主播标识添加至第一候选池,第一候选池用于存储待匹配用户标识的主播标识;An adding module, used to add the anchor identification of the recording device to the first candidate pool, and the first candidate pool is used to store the anchor identification of the user ID to be matched;
获取模块,用于从第一候选池中获取主播标识。The obtaining module is used to obtain the anchor identifier from the first candidate pool.
在一种可能实施方式中,装置还包括:In a possible implementation manner, the device further includes:
删除模块,用于删除第一候选池中的主播标识。The deleting module is used to delete the anchor identifier in the first candidate pool.
在一种可能实施方式中,装置还包括:In a possible implementation manner, the device further includes:
添加模块,用于将展示设备登录的用户标识添加至第二候选池,第二候选池用于存储待匹配主播标识的用户标识;An adding module, used to add the user ID of the display device login to the second candidate pool, and the second candidate pool is used to store the user ID of the host ID to be matched;
获取模块,用于从第二候选池中获取用户标识。The obtaining module is used to obtain the user identifier from the second candidate pool.
在一种可能实施方式中,装置还包括:In a possible implementation manner, the device further includes:
删除模块,用于删除第二候选池中的用户标识。The deletion module is used to delete the user identifier in the second candidate pool.
图9示出了本发明一个示例性实施例提供的终端900的结构框图。该终端900可以是: 智能手机、平板电脑、动态影像专家压缩标准音频层面3(Moving Picture Experts Group Audio Layer III,MP3播放器)、动态影像专家压缩标准音频层面4(Moving Picture Experts Group Audio Layer IV,MP4)播放器、笔记本电脑或台式电脑。终端900还可能被称为用户设备、便携式终端、膝上型终端、台式终端等其他名称。FIG. 9 shows a structural block diagram of a terminal 900 provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present invention. The terminal 900 may be: a smartphone, a tablet computer, a motion picture expert compression standard audio level 3 (Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3, MP3 player), a motion picture expert compression standard audio level 4 (Moving Pictures Experts Group Group Audio Layer IV , MP4) player, laptop or desktop computer. The terminal 900 may also be called other names such as user equipment, portable terminal, laptop terminal, and desktop terminal.
通常,终端900包括有:处理器901和存储器902。Generally, the terminal 900 includes a processor 901 and a memory 902.
处理器901可以包括一个或多个处理核心,比如4核心处理器、8核心处理器等。处理器901可以采用数字信号处理(Digital Signal Processing,DSP)、现场可编程门阵列(Field-Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)、可编程逻辑阵列(Programmable Logic Array,PLA)中的至少一种硬件形式来实现。处理器901也可以包括主处理器和协处理器,主处理器是用于对在唤醒状态下的数据进行处理的处理器,也称中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU);协处理器是用于对在待机状态下的数据进行处理的低功耗处理器。在一些实施例中,处理器901可以在集成有图像处理器(Graphics Processing Unit,GPU),GPU用于负责显示屏所需要显示的内容的渲染和绘制。一些实施例中,处理器901还可以包括人工智能(Artificial Intelligence,AI)处理器,该AI处理器用于处理有关机器学习的计算操作。The processor 901 may include one or more processing cores, such as a 4-core processor, an 8-core processor, and so on. The processor 901 can adopt at least one hardware form of digital signal processing (Digital Signal Processing, DSP), field programmable gate array (Field-Programmable Gate Array, FPGA), and programmable logic array (Programmable Logic Array, PLA). achieve. The processor 901 may also include a main processor and a coprocessor. The main processor is a processor for processing data in a wake-up state, also called a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU); the coprocessor is A low-power processor for processing data in the standby state. In some embodiments, the processor 901 may be integrated with a graphics processor (Graphics, Processing, Unit, GPU), and the GPU is used to render and draw content that needs to be displayed on the display screen. In some embodiments, the processor 901 may further include an artificial intelligence (Artificial Intelligence, AI) processor. The AI processor is used to process computing operations related to machine learning.
存储器902可以包括一个或多个计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质可以是非暂态的。存储器902还可包括高速随机存取存储器,以及非易失性存储器,比如一个或多个磁盘存储设备、闪存存储设备。在一些实施例中,存储器902中的非暂态的计算机可读存储介质用于存储至少一个指令,该至少一个指令用于被处理器901所执行以实现本申请中方法实施例提供的展示设备或录制设备执行的直播间切换方法。The memory 902 may include one or more computer-readable storage media, which may be non-transitory. The memory 902 may also include high-speed random access memory, as well as non-volatile memory, such as one or more disk storage devices and flash storage devices. In some embodiments, the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium in the memory 902 is used to store at least one instruction for execution by the processor 901 to implement the display device provided by the method embodiment in the present application Or the live broadcast switching method performed by the recording device.
在一些实施例中,终端900还可选包括有:外围设备接口903和至少一个外围设备。处理器901、存储器902和外围设备接口903之间可以通过总线或信号线相连。各个外围设备可以通过总线、信号线或电路板与外围设备接口903相连。具体地,外围设备包括:射频电路904、触摸显示屏905、摄像头906、音频电路907、定位组件908和电源909中的至少一种。In some embodiments, the terminal 900 may optionally include a peripheral device interface 903 and at least one peripheral device. The processor 901, the memory 902, and the peripheral device interface 903 may be connected by a bus or a signal line. Each peripheral device may be connected to the peripheral device interface 903 through a bus, a signal line, or a circuit board. Specifically, the peripheral device includes: at least one of a radio frequency circuit 904, a touch display screen 905, a camera 906, an audio circuit 907, a positioning component 908, and a power supply 909.
外围设备接口903可被用于将输入/输出(Input/Output,I/O)相关的至少一个外围设备连接到处理器901和存储器902。在一些实施例中,处理器901、存储器902和外围设备接口903被集成在同一芯片或电路板上;在一些其他实施例中,处理器901、存储器902和外围设备接口903中的任意一个或两个可以在单独的芯片或电路板上实现,本实施例对此不加以限定。The peripheral device interface 903 may be used to connect at least one peripheral device related to input/output (Input/Output, I/O) to the processor 901 and the memory 902. In some embodiments, the processor 901, the memory 902, and the peripheral device interface 903 are integrated on the same chip or circuit board; in some other embodiments, any one of the processor 901, the memory 902, and the peripheral device interface 903 or Both can be implemented on a separate chip or circuit board, which is not limited in this embodiment.
射频电路904用于接收和发射射频(Radio Frequency,RF)信号,也称电磁信号。射频电路904通过电磁信号与通信网络以及其他通信设备进行通信。射频电路904将电信号转换为电磁信号进行发送,或者,将接收到的电磁信号转换为电信号。可选地,射频电路904包括:天线系统、RF收发器、一个或多个放大器、调谐器、振荡器、数字信号处理器、编 解码芯片组、用户身份模块卡等等。射频电路904可以通过至少一种无线通信协议来与其它终端进行通信。该无线通信协议包括但不限于:万维网、城域网、内联网、各代移动通信网络(2G、3G、4G及5G)、无线局域网和/或无线保真( Wireless Fidelity,WiFi)网络。在一些实施例中,射频电路904还可以包括近距离无线通信(Near Field Communication,NFC)有关的电路,本申请对此不加以限定。 The radio frequency circuit 904 is used to receive and transmit radio frequency (Radio Frequency, RF) signals, also called electromagnetic signals. The radio frequency circuit 904 communicates with a communication network and other communication devices through electromagnetic signals. The radio frequency circuit 904 converts the electrical signal into an electromagnetic signal for transmission, or converts the received electromagnetic signal into an electrical signal. Optionally, the radio frequency circuit 904 includes: an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, an oscillator, a digital signal processor, a codec chipset, a user identity module card, and so on. The radio frequency circuit 904 can communicate with other terminals through at least one wireless communication protocol. The wireless communication protocols include, but are not limited to: the World Wide Web, a metropolitan area network, an intranet, each generation mobile communication network (2G, 3G, 4G and. 5G), wireless LAN and / or wireless fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, WiFi) network. In some embodiments, the radio frequency circuit 904 may further include a circuit related to near field communication (Near Field Communication, NFC), which is not limited in this application.
显示屏905用于显示用户界面(User Interface,UI)。该UI可以包括图形、文本、图标、视频及其它们的任意组合。当显示屏905是触摸显示屏时,显示屏905还具有采集在显示屏905的表面或表面上方的触摸信号的能力。该触摸信号可以作为控制信号输入至处理器901进行处理。此时,显示屏905还可以用于提供虚拟按钮和/或虚拟键盘,也称软按钮和/或软键盘。在一些实施例中,显示屏905可以为一个,设置终端900的前面板;在另一些实施例中,显示屏905可以为至少两个,分别设置在终端900的不同表面或呈折叠设计;在再一些实施例中,显示屏905可以是柔性显示屏,设置在终端900的弯曲表面上或折叠面上。甚至,显示屏905还可以设置成非矩形的不规则图形,也即异形屏。显示屏905可以采用液晶显示屏(Liquid Crystal Display,LCD)、有机发光二极管(Organic Light-Emitting Diode,OLED)等材质制备。The display screen 905 is used to display a user interface (User Interface, UI). The UI may include graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof. When the display screen 905 is a touch display screen, the display screen 905 also has the ability to collect touch signals on or above the surface of the display screen 905. The touch signal can be input to the processor 901 as a control signal for processing. At this time, the display screen 905 can also be used to provide virtual buttons and/or virtual keyboards, also called soft buttons and/or soft keyboards. In some embodiments, the display screen 905 may be one, and the front panel of the terminal 900 is provided; in other embodiments, the display screen 905 may be at least two, which are respectively provided on different surfaces of the terminal 900 or in a folded design; In still other embodiments, the display screen 905 may be a flexible display screen, which is disposed on the curved surface or the folding surface of the terminal 900. Even, the display screen 905 can also be set as a non-rectangular irregular figure, that is, a special-shaped screen. The display screen 905 can be made of liquid crystal display (Liquid Crystal) (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (Organic Light-Emitting Diode, OLED) and other materials.
摄像头组件906用于采集图像或视频。可选地,摄像头组件906包括前置摄像头和后置摄像头。通常,前置摄像头设置在终端的前面板,后置摄像头设置在终端的背面。在一些实施例中,后置摄像头为至少两个,分别为主摄像头、景深摄像头、广角摄像头、长焦摄像头中的任意一种,以实现主摄像头和景深摄像头融合实现背景虚化功能、主摄像头和广角摄像头融合实现全景拍摄以及虚拟现实(Virtual Reality,VR)拍摄功能或者其它融合拍摄功能。在一些实施例中,摄像头组件906还可以包括闪光灯。闪光灯可以是单色温闪光灯,也可以是双色温闪光灯。双色温闪光灯是指暖光闪光灯和冷光闪光灯的组合,可以用于不同色温下的光线补偿。The camera component 906 is used to collect images or videos. Optionally, the camera assembly 906 includes a front camera and a rear camera. Generally, the front camera is set on the front panel of the terminal, and the rear camera is set on the back of the terminal. In some embodiments, there are at least two rear cameras, each of which is a main camera, a depth-of-field camera, a wide-angle camera, and a telephoto camera. Integrate with wide-angle camera to realize panoramic shooting and virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) shooting function or other fusion shooting functions. In some embodiments, the camera assembly 906 may also include a flash. The flash can be a single-color flash or a dual-color flash. Dual color temperature flash refers to the combination of warm light flash and cold light flash, which can be used for light compensation at different color temperatures.
音频电路907可以包括麦克风和扬声器。麦克风用于采集用户及环境的声波,并将声波转换为电信号输入至处理器901进行处理,或者输入至射频电路904以实现语音通信。出于立体声采集或降噪的目的,麦克风可以为多个,分别设置在终端900的不同部位。麦克风还可以是阵列麦克风或全向采集型麦克风。扬声器则用于将来自处理器901或射频电路904的电信号转换为声波。扬声器可以是传统的薄膜扬声器,也可以是压电陶瓷扬声器。当扬声器是压电陶瓷扬声器时,不仅可以将电信号转换为人类可听见的声波,也可以将电信号转换为人类听不见的声波以进行测距等用途。在一些实施例中,音频电路907还可以包括耳机插孔。The audio circuit 907 may include a microphone and a speaker. The microphone is used to collect sound waves of the user and the environment, and convert the sound waves into electrical signals and input them to the processor 901 for processing, or input them to the radio frequency circuit 904 to implement voice communication. For the purpose of stereo collection or noise reduction, there may be multiple microphones, which are respectively installed in different parts of the terminal 900. The microphone can also be an array microphone or an omnidirectional acquisition microphone. The speaker is used to convert the electrical signal from the processor 901 or the radio frequency circuit 904 into sound waves. The speaker can be a traditional thin film speaker or a piezoelectric ceramic speaker. When the speaker is a piezoelectric ceramic speaker, it can not only convert electrical signals into sound waves audible by humans, but also convert electrical signals into sound waves inaudible to humans for ranging and other purposes. In some embodiments, the audio circuit 907 may also include a headphone jack.
定位组件908用于定位终端900的当前地理位置,以实现导航或基于位置的服务(Location Based Service,LBS)。定位组件908可以是基于美国的全球定位系统(Global  Positioning System,GPS)、中国的北斗系统或俄罗斯的伽利略系统的定位组件。The positioning component 908 is used to locate the current geographic location of the terminal 900 to implement navigation or location-based services (Location Based Services, LBS). The positioning component 908 may be a positioning component based on the Global Positioning System (GPS) of the United States, the Beidou system of China, or the Galileo system of Russia.
电源909用于为终端900中的各个组件进行供电。电源909可以是交流电、直流电、一次性电池或可充电电池。当电源909包括可充电电池时,该可充电电池可以是有线充电电池或无线充电电池。有线充电电池是通过有线线路充电的电池,无线充电电池是通过无线线圈充电的电池。该可充电电池还可以用于支持快充技术。The power supply 909 is used to supply power to various components in the terminal 900. The power source 909 may be alternating current, direct current, disposable batteries, or rechargeable batteries. When the power source 909 includes a rechargeable battery, the rechargeable battery may be a wired rechargeable battery or a wireless rechargeable battery. The wired rechargeable battery is a battery charged through a wired line, and the wireless rechargeable battery is a battery charged through a wireless coil. The rechargeable battery can also be used to support fast charging technology.
在一些实施例中,终端900还包括有一个或多个传感器910。该一个或多个传感器910包括但不限于:加速度传感器911、陀螺仪传感器912、压力传感器913、指纹传感器914、光学传感器915以及接近传感器916。In some embodiments, the terminal 900 further includes one or more sensors 910. The one or more sensors 910 include, but are not limited to: an acceleration sensor 911, a gyro sensor 912, a pressure sensor 913, a fingerprint sensor 914, an optical sensor 915, and a proximity sensor 916.
加速度传感器911可以检测以终端900建立的坐标系的三个坐标轴上的加速度大小。比如,加速度传感器911可以用于检测重力加速度在三个坐标轴上的分量。处理器901可以根据加速度传感器911采集的重力加速度信号,控制触摸显示屏905以横向视图或纵向视图进行用户界面的显示。加速度传感器911还可以用于游戏或者用户的运动数据的采集。The acceleration sensor 911 can detect the magnitude of acceleration on the three coordinate axes of the coordinate system established with the terminal 900. For example, the acceleration sensor 911 may be used to detect the components of gravity acceleration on three coordinate axes. The processor 901 may control the touch screen 905 to display the user interface in a landscape view or a portrait view according to the gravity acceleration signal collected by the acceleration sensor 911. The acceleration sensor 911 can also be used for game or user movement data collection.
陀螺仪传感器912可以检测终端900的机体方向及转动角度,陀螺仪传感器912可以与加速度传感器911协同采集用户对终端900的3D动作。处理器901根据陀螺仪传感器912采集的数据,可以实现如下功能:动作感应(比如根据用户的倾斜操作来改变UI)、拍摄时的图像稳定、游戏控制以及惯性导航。The gyro sensor 912 can detect the body direction and the rotation angle of the terminal 900, and the gyro sensor 912 can cooperate with the acceleration sensor 911 to collect a user's 3D motion on the terminal 900. The processor 901 can realize the following functions according to the data collected by the gyro sensor 912: motion sensing (such as changing the UI according to the user's tilt operation), image stabilization during shooting, game control, and inertial navigation.
压力传感器913可以设置在终端900的侧边框和/或触摸显示屏905的下层。当压力传感器913设置在终端900的侧边框时,可以检测用户对终端900的握持信号,由处理器901根据压力传感器913采集的握持信号进行左右手识别或快捷操作。当压力传感器913设置在触摸显示屏905的下层时,由处理器901根据用户对触摸显示屏905的压力操作,实现对UI界面上的可操作性控件进行控制。可操作性控件包括按钮控件、滚动条控件、图标控件、菜单控件中的至少一种。The pressure sensor 913 may be disposed on the side frame of the terminal 900 and/or the lower layer of the touch display 905. When the pressure sensor 913 is disposed on the side frame of the terminal 900, it can detect the user's grip signal on the terminal 900, and the processor 901 can perform left-right hand recognition or shortcut operation according to the grip signal collected by the pressure sensor 913. When the pressure sensor 913 is disposed at the lower layer of the touch screen 905, the processor 901 controls the operability control on the UI interface according to the user's pressure operation on the touch screen 905. The operability control includes at least one of a button control, a scroll bar control, an icon control, and a menu control.
指纹传感器914用于采集用户的指纹,由处理器901根据指纹传感器914采集到的指纹识别用户的身份,或者,由指纹传感器914根据采集到的指纹识别用户的身份。在识别出用户的身份为可信身份时,由处理器901授权该用户执行相关的敏感操作,该敏感操作包括解锁屏幕、查看加密信息、下载软件、支付及更改设置等。指纹传感器914可以被设置终端900的正面、背面或侧面。当终端900上设置有物理按键或厂商Logo时,指纹传感器914可以与物理按键或厂商Logo集成在一起。The fingerprint sensor 914 is used to collect a user's fingerprint, and the processor 901 identifies the user's identity according to the fingerprint collected by the fingerprint sensor 914, or the fingerprint sensor 914 identifies the user's identity based on the collected fingerprint. When the user's identity is recognized as a trusted identity, the processor 901 authorizes the user to perform related sensitive operations, including unlocking the screen, viewing encrypted information, downloading software, paying, and changing settings. The fingerprint sensor 914 may be provided on the front, back, or side of the terminal 900. When a physical button or manufacturer logo is provided on the terminal 900, the fingerprint sensor 914 may be integrated with the physical button or manufacturer logo.
光学传感器915用于采集环境光强度。在一个实施例中,处理器901可以根据光学传感器915采集的环境光强度,控制触摸显示屏905的显示亮度。具体地,当环境光强度较高时,调高触摸显示屏905的显示亮度;当环境光强度较低时,调低触摸显示屏905的显示亮度。在另一个实施例中,处理器901还可以根据光学传感器915采集的环境光强度,动态调整摄像头组件906的拍摄参数。The optical sensor 915 is used to collect ambient light intensity. In one embodiment, the processor 901 may control the display brightness of the touch display 905 according to the ambient light intensity collected by the optical sensor 915. Specifically, when the ambient light intensity is high, the display brightness of the touch display 905 is increased; when the ambient light intensity is low, the display brightness of the touch display 905 is decreased. In another embodiment, the processor 901 may also dynamically adjust the shooting parameters of the camera assembly 906 according to the ambient light intensity collected by the optical sensor 915.
接近传感器916,也称距离传感器,通常设置在终端900的前面板。接近传感器916用于采集用户与终端900的正面之间的距离。在一个实施例中,当接近传感器916检测到用户与终端900的正面之间的距离逐渐变小时,由处理器901控制触摸显示屏905从亮屏状态切换为息屏状态;当接近传感器916检测到用户与终端900的正面之间的距离逐渐变大时,由处理器901控制触摸显示屏905从息屏状态切换为亮屏状态。The proximity sensor 916, also called a distance sensor, is usually provided on the front panel of the terminal 900. The proximity sensor 916 is used to collect the distance between the user and the front of the terminal 900. In one embodiment, when the proximity sensor 916 detects that the distance between the user and the front of the terminal 900 gradually becomes smaller, the processor 901 controls the touch display 905 to switch from the bright screen state to the breathing state; when the proximity sensor 916 detects When the distance from the user to the front of the terminal 900 gradually becomes larger, the processor 901 controls the touch display 905 to switch from the breath-hold state to the bright-screen state.
本领域技术人员可以理解,图9中示出的结构并不构成对终端900的限定,可以包括比图示更多或更少的组件,或者组合某些组件,或者采用不同的组件布置。Those skilled in the art may understand that the structure shown in FIG. 9 does not constitute a limitation on the terminal 900, and may include more or fewer components than shown, or combine certain components, or adopt different component arrangements.
图10是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种服务器的逻辑结构框图,该服务器1000可因配置或性能不同而产生比较大的差异,可以包括一个或一个以上处理器(central processing units,CPU)1001和一个或一个以上的存储器1002,其中,该存储器1002中存储有至少一条指令,该至少一条指令由该处理器1001加载并执行以实现上述各个方法实施例提供的直播间切换方法,该直播间切换方法可以包括:Fig. 10 is a block diagram of a logical structure of a server according to an exemplary embodiment. The server 1000 may have a relatively large difference due to different configurations or performances, and may include one or more processors (central processing units). 1001 and one or more memories 1002, where at least one instruction is stored in the memory 1002, and the at least one instruction is loaded and executed by the processor 1001 to implement the method for switching between live broadcasts provided by the foregoing method embodiments. The inter-switching method may include:
在展示第二直播间的过程中,接收用户搜索指令;In the process of displaying the second live broadcast room, receiving user search instructions;
根据接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点,生成用户随机拉入请求,所述用户随机拉入请求用于请求将第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间,所述第一直播间的第一时间点与所述第二时间点符合匹配条件,所述第一时间点为所述第一直播间的展示设备接收到直播间切换指令的时间点;According to the second time point when the user search instruction is received, a user random pull request is generated, and the user random pull request is used to request to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room, the first live broadcast The first time point between the first time point and the second time point meet the matching conditions, and the first time point is the time point when the display device in the first live room receives the live room switching instruction;
向服务器发送所述用户随机拉入请求;Send the user a random pull request to the server;
向所述服务器发送所述第二直播间的第一数据流。Sending the first data stream of the second live broadcast room to the server.
在示例性实施例中,还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,例如包括指令的存储器,上述指令可由处理器执行以完成上述实施例中的直播间切换方法,该直播间切换方法可以包括:In an exemplary embodiment, a computer-readable storage medium is also provided, for example, a memory including instructions that can be executed by a processor to complete the live broadcast switching method in the foregoing embodiment, and the live broadcast switching method may include:
在展示第一直播间的过程中,接收直播间切换指令;In the process of displaying the first live broadcast room, receive the live broadcast room switching instruction;
根据接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点,生成直播间随机切换请求,所述直播间随机切换请求用于请求将所述第一直播间切换为第二直播间,所述第二直播间的第二时间点与所述第一时间点符合匹配条件,所述第二时间点为所述第二直播间的录制设备接收到用户搜索指令的时间点;According to the first time point when the live room switching instruction is received, a live room random switching request is generated, and the live room random switching request is used to request to switch the first live room to a second live room, the second The second time point of the live broadcast room matches the first time point, and the second time point is the time point when the recording device of the second live broadcast room receives the user search instruction;
向服务器发送所述直播间随机切换请求;Send the random switching request for the live room to the server;
接收所述服务器的第二直播间的第一数据流;Receiving the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the server;
根据所述第一数据流,将所述第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间。Switching the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room according to the first data stream.
在示例性实施例中,还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,例如包括指令的存储器,上述指令可由处理器执行以完成上述实施例中的直播间切换方法,该直播间切换方法可以包括:In an exemplary embodiment, a computer-readable storage medium is also provided, for example, a memory including instructions that can be executed by a processor to complete the live broadcast switching method in the foregoing embodiment, and the live broadcast switching method may include:
在展示第二直播间的过程中,接收用户搜索指令;In the process of displaying the second live broadcast room, receiving user search instructions;
根据接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点,生成用户随机拉入请求,所述用户随机拉入请求用于请求将第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间,所述第一直播间的第一时间点与所述第二时间点符合匹配条件,所述第一时间点为所述第一直播间的展示设备接收到直播间切换指令的时间点;According to the second time point when the user search instruction is received, a user random pull request is generated, and the user random pull request is used to request to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room, the first live broadcast The first time point between the first time point and the second time point meet the matching conditions, and the first time point is the time point when the display device in the first live room receives the live room switching instruction;
向服务器发送所述用户随机拉入请求;Send the user a random pull request to the server;
向所述服务器发送所述第二直播间的第一数据流。Sending the first data stream of the second live broadcast room to the server.
在示例性实施例中,还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,例如包括指令的存储器,上述指令可由处理器执行以完成上述实施例中的直播间切换方法,该直播间切换方法可以包括:In an exemplary embodiment, a computer-readable storage medium is also provided, for example, a memory including instructions that can be executed by a processor to complete the live broadcast switching method in the foregoing embodiment, and the live broadcast switching method may include:
接收第一直播间的展示设备的直播间随机切换请求,接收第二直播间的录制设备的用户随机拉入请求;Receiving a random switching request from the live broadcast room of the display device in the first live broadcast room, and receiving a random pull-in request from the recording device of the second live broadcast room;
根据所述直播间随机切换请求以及所述用户随机拉入请求,确定所述展示设备接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点与所述录制设备接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点符合匹配条件;According to the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull request, determine a first time point when the display device receives the switching command between live broadcasts and a second time that the recording device receives the user search instruction Time points meet the matching conditions;
接收所述录制设备的第二直播间的第一数据流;Receiving the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the recording device;
向所述展示设备发送所述第一数据流,所述第一数据流用于供所述展示设备将所述第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间。Sending the first data stream to the display device, where the first data stream is used by the display device to switch the first live room to the second live room.
在示例性实施例中,还提供了一种应用程序,包括一条或多条指令,该一条或多条指令可以由处理器执行,以完成上述实施例提供的直播间切换方法,该直播间切换方法可以包括:In an exemplary embodiment, an application program is also provided, which includes one or more instructions, and the one or more instructions may be executed by a processor to complete the method for switching between live broadcasts provided in the above embodiments. Methods can include:
在展示第一直播间的过程中,接收直播间切换指令;In the process of displaying the first live broadcast room, receive the live broadcast room switching instruction;
根据接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点,生成直播间随机切换请求,所述直播间随机切换请求用于请求将所述第一直播间切换为第二直播间,所述第二直播间的第二时间点与所述第一时间点符合匹配条件,所述第二时间点为所述第二直播间的录制设备接收到用户搜索指令的时间点;According to the first time point when the live room switching instruction is received, a live room random switching request is generated, and the live room random switching request is used to request to switch the first live room to a second live room, the second The second time point of the live broadcast room matches the first time point, and the second time point is the time point when the recording device of the second live broadcast room receives the user search instruction;
向服务器发送所述直播间随机切换请求;Send the random switching request for the live room to the server;
接收所述服务器的第二直播间的第一数据流;Receiving the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the server;
根据所述第一数据流,将所述第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间。Switching the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room according to the first data stream.
在示例性实施例中,还提供了一种应用程序,包括一条或多条指令,该一条或多条指令可以由处理器执行,以完成上述实施例提供的直播间切换方法,该直播间切换方法可以包括:In an exemplary embodiment, an application program is also provided, which includes one or more instructions, and the one or more instructions may be executed by a processor to complete the method for switching between live broadcasts provided in the above embodiments. Methods can include:
在展示第二直播间的过程中,接收用户搜索指令;In the process of displaying the second live broadcast room, receiving user search instructions;
根据接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点,生成用户随机拉入请求,所述用户随机拉入请求用于请求将第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间,所述第一直播间的第一时间点与所述第二时间点符合匹配条件,所述第一时间点为所述第一直播间的展示设备接收到直播间切换指令的时间点;According to the second time point when the user search instruction is received, a user random pull request is generated, and the user random pull request is used to request to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room, the first live broadcast The first time point between the first time point and the second time point meet the matching conditions, and the first time point is the time point when the display device in the first live room receives the live room switching instruction;
向服务器发送所述用户随机拉入请求;Send the user a random pull request to the server;
向所述服务器发送所述第二直播间的第一数据流。Sending the first data stream of the second live broadcast room to the server.
在示例性实施例中,还提供了一种应用程序,包括一条或多条指令,该一条或多条指令可以由处理器执行,以完成上述实施例提供的直播间切换方法,该直播间切换方法可以包括:In an exemplary embodiment, an application program is also provided, which includes one or more instructions, and the one or more instructions may be executed by a processor to complete the method for switching between live broadcasts provided in the above embodiments. Methods can include:
接收第一直播间的展示设备的直播间随机切换请求,接收第二直播间的录制设备的用户随机拉入请求;Receiving a random switching request from the live broadcast room of the display device in the first live broadcast room, and receiving a random pull-in request from the recording device of the second live broadcast room;
根据所述直播间随机切换请求以及所述用户随机拉入请求,确定所述展示设备接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点与所述录制设备接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点符合匹配条件;According to the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull request, determine a first time point when the display device receives the switching command between live broadcasts and a second time that the recording device receives the user search instruction Time points meet the matching conditions;
接收所述录制设备的第二直播间的第一数据流;Receiving the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the recording device;
向所述展示设备发送所述第一数据流,所述第一数据流用于供所述展示设备将所述第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间。Sending the first data stream to the display device, where the first data stream is used by the display device to switch the first live room to the second live room.
本领域技术人员在考虑说明书及实践这里公开的发明后,将容易想到本申请的其它实施方案。本申请旨在涵盖本申请的任何变型、用途或者适应性变化,这些变型、用途或者适应性变化遵循本申请的一般性原理并包括本申请未公开的本技术领域中的公知常识或惯用技术手段。说明书和实施例仅被视为示例性的,本申请的真正范围和精神由下面的权利要求指出。After considering the description and practicing the invention disclosed herein, those skilled in the art will easily think of other embodiments of the present application. This application is intended to cover any variations, uses, or adaptive changes of this application, which follow the general principles of this application and include common general knowledge or customary technical means in the technical field not disclosed in this application . The description and examples are to be considered exemplary only, and the true scope and spirit of this application are pointed out by the following claims.
应当理解的是,本申请并不局限于上面已经描述并在附图中示出的精确结构,并且可以在不脱离其范围进行各种修改和改变。本申请的范围仅由所附的权利要求来限制。It should be understood that the present application is not limited to the precise structure that has been described above and shown in the drawings, and various modifications and changes can be made without departing from the scope thereof. The scope of this application is limited only by the appended claims.

Claims (60)

  1. 一种直播间切换方法,包括:A method for switching between live broadcasts, including:
    在展示第一直播间的过程中,接收直播间切换指令;In the process of displaying the first live broadcast room, receive the live broadcast room switching instruction;
    根据接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点,生成直播间随机切换请求,所述直播间随机切换请求用于请求将所述第一直播间切换为第二直播间,所述第二直播间的第二时间点与所述第一时间点符合匹配条件,所述第二时间点为所述第二直播间的录制设备接收到用户搜索指令的时间点;According to the first time point when the live room switching instruction is received, a live room random switching request is generated, and the live room random switching request is used to request to switch the first live room to a second live room, the second The second time point of the live broadcast room matches the first time point, and the second time point is the time point when the recording device of the second live broadcast room receives the user search instruction;
    向服务器发送所述直播间随机切换请求;Send the random switching request for the live room to the server;
    接收所述服务器的第二直播间的第一数据流;Receiving the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the server;
    根据所述第一数据流,将所述第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间。Switching the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room according to the first data stream.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的直播间切换方法,所述根据接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点,生成直播间随机切换请求,包括:The method for switching between live broadcasts according to claim 1, the generating a random switching request between live broadcasts according to the first time point at which the instruction for switching between live broadcasts is received comprises:
    在所述直播间随机切换请求中携带所述第一时间点;或者,Carrying the first time point in the random switching request in the live broadcast room; or,
    获取所述第一时间点所处的第一时间窗口,在所述直播间随机切换请求中携带所述第一时间窗口。Acquiring a first time window in which the first time point is located, and carrying the first time window in the random switching request in the live broadcast room.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的直播间切换方法,所述根据接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点,生成直播间随机切换请求,包括:The method for switching between live broadcasts according to claim 1, the generating a random switching request between live broadcasts according to the first time point at which the instruction for switching between live broadcasts is received comprises:
    根据接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点以及第一附加匹配信息,生成直播间随机切换请求。A random switching request between live broadcasts is generated according to the first time point of receiving the live broadcast switching instruction and the first additional matching information.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的直播间切换方法,所述根据接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点以及第一附加匹配信息,生成直播间随机切换请求之前,所述方法还包括下述至少一个步骤:The method for switching between live broadcasts according to claim 3, before generating a random switching request between live broadcasts according to the first time point and the first additional matching information at which the instruction for switching between live broadcasts is received, the method further comprises the following At least one step:
    获取当前所处的第一地理位置,作为所述第一附加匹配信息;Acquiring the current first geographic location as the first additional matching information;
    获取登录的用户标识对应的第一用户属性信息,作为所述第一附加匹配信息;Acquiring first user attribute information corresponding to the logged-in user ID as the first additional matching information;
    获取登录的用户标识对应的第一历史行为记录,作为所述第一附加匹配信息;Acquiring the first historical behavior record corresponding to the logged-in user ID as the first additional matching information;
    获取登录的用户标识对应的第一社交关系信息,作为所述第一附加匹配信息;Acquiring first social relationship information corresponding to the logged-in user ID as the first additional matching information;
    获取第一历史运行记录,作为所述第一附加匹配信息;Acquiring a first historical running record as the first additional matching information;
    接收输入的第一主播类型,作为所述第一附加匹配信息;Receiving the input first anchor type as the first additional matching information;
    接收输入的第一直播内容类型,作为所述第一附加匹配信息;Receiving the input first live content type as the first additional matching information;
    显示至少一个主播关键字,当检测到任一主播关键字被选中时,将被选中的主播关键字作为所述第一附加匹配信息;Displaying at least one anchor keyword, and when it is detected that any anchor keyword is selected, the selected anchor keyword is used as the first additional matching information;
    显示至少一个直播内容关键字,当检测到任一直播内容关键字被选中时,将被选中的 直播内容关键字作为所述第一附加匹配信息;Displaying at least one live content keyword, and when it is detected that any live content keyword is selected, the selected live content keyword is used as the first additional matching information;
    显示至少一个搜索热点信息,当检测到任一搜索热点信息被选中时,将被选中的搜索热点信息作为所述第一附加匹配信息。At least one search hotspot information is displayed, and when it is detected that any search hotspot information is selected, the selected search hotspot information is used as the first additional matching information.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的直播间切换方法,所述根据所述第一数据流,将所述第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间之后,所述方法还包括:The method for switching between live broadcasts according to claim 1, after switching the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room according to the first data stream, the method further comprises:
    向所述服务器发送第二数据流;Send a second data stream to the server;
    接收到所述服务器的第三数据流,所述第三数据流为所述第一数据流与所述第二数据流合成的数据流;Receiving a third data stream of the server, where the third data stream is a data stream synthesized by the first data stream and the second data stream;
    根据所述第三数据流进行音频播放或视频播放。Play audio or video according to the third data stream.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的直播间切换方法,所述向所述服务器发送第二数据流之前,所述方法还包括:The live broadcast switching method according to claim 5, before the sending the second data stream to the server, the method further comprises:
    向所述服务器发送数据流合成请求;Send a data stream synthesis request to the server;
    接收所述服务器的数据流合成同意消息。Receive a data stream synthesis consent message from the server.
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的直播间切换方法,所述直播间切换指令通过对所述第一直播间中展示的直播间切换控件的确认操作触发;或者,According to the live broadcast switching method of claim 1, the live broadcast switching command is triggered by a confirmation operation of the live broadcast switching control displayed in the first live broadcast; or,
    所述直播间切换指令通过摇晃操作触发;或者,The switching instruction in the live broadcast room is triggered by a shaking operation; or,
    所述直播间切换指令通过直播间切换语音触发。The instruction for switching between live broadcasts is triggered by voice switching between live broadcasts.
  8. 一种直播间切换方法,包括:A method for switching between live broadcasts, including:
    在展示第二直播间的过程中,接收用户搜索指令;In the process of displaying the second live broadcast room, receiving user search instructions;
    根据接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点,生成用户随机拉入请求,所述用户随机拉入请求用于请求将第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间,所述第一直播间的第一时间点与所述第二时间点符合匹配条件,所述第一时间点为所述第一直播间的展示设备接收到直播间切换指令的时间点;According to the second time point when the user search instruction is received, a user random pull request is generated, and the user random pull request is used to request to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room, the first live broadcast The first time point between the first time point and the second time point meet the matching conditions, and the first time point is the time point when the display device in the first live room receives the live room switching instruction;
    向服务器发送所述用户随机拉入请求;Send the user a random pull request to the server;
    向所述服务器发送所述第二直播间的第一数据流。Sending the first data stream of the second live broadcast room to the server.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的直播间切换方法,所述根据接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点,生成用户随机拉入请求,包括:The method for switching between live broadcasts according to claim 8, the generating a random user pull request according to the second time point when the user search instruction is received includes:
    在所述用户随机拉入请求中携带所述第二时间点;或者,Carrying the second time point in the user's random pull request; or,
    获取所述第二时间点所处的第二时间窗口,在所述用户随机拉入请求中携带所述第二时间窗口。Acquiring a second time window in which the second time point is located, and carrying the second time window in the user's random pull request.
  10. 根据权利要求8所述的直播间切换方法,所述根据接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点,生成用户随机拉入请求,包括:The method for switching between live broadcasts according to claim 8, the generating a random user pull request according to the second time point when the user search instruction is received includes:
    根据接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点以及第二附加匹配信息,生成用户随机拉 入请求。According to the second time point when the user search instruction is received and the second additional matching information, a user random pull request is generated.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的直播间切换方法,所述根据接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点以及第二附加匹配信息,生成用户随机拉入请求之前,所述方法还包括下述至少一个步骤:The method for switching between live broadcasts according to claim 10, before generating a user random pull request according to the second time point and the second additional matching information when the user search instruction is received, the method further includes the following at least One step:
    获取当前所处的第二地理位置,作为所述第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring a second geographical location where the current location is, as the second additional matching information;
    获取登录的主播标识对应的第二主播属性信息,作为所述第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring second anchor attribute information corresponding to the registered anchor ID as the second additional matching information;
    获取登录的主播标识对应的第二历史行为记录,作为所述第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring a second historical behavior record corresponding to the logged-in anchor identifier as the second additional matching information;
    获取登录的主播标识对应的第二社交关系信息,作为所述第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring second social relationship information corresponding to the logged-in anchor identifier as the second additional matching information;
    获取第二历史运行记录,作为所述第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring a second historical running record as the second additional matching information;
    获取登录的主播标识对应的第二主播类型,作为所述第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring a second anchor type corresponding to the anchor identification of the login as the second additional matching information;
    获取所述第二直播间的第二直播内容类型,作为所述第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring the second live broadcast content type of the second live broadcast room as the second additional matching information;
    获取登录的主播标识对应的第二主播关键字,作为所述第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring a second anchor keyword corresponding to the registered anchor identifier as the second additional matching information;
    获取所述第二直播间的第二直播内容关键字,作为所述第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring second live content keywords of the second live broadcast room as the second additional matching information;
    获取登录的主播标识或所述第二直播间所符合的搜索热点信息,作为所述第二附加匹配信息。Obtain the logged-in anchor identifier or search hotspot information that the second live broadcast room conforms to, as the second additional matching information.
  12. 根据权利要求8所述的直播间切换方法,所述向所述服务器发送所述第二直播间的第一数据流之后,所述方法还包括:The method for switching between live broadcasts according to claim 8, after sending the first data stream of the second live broadcast to the server, the method further comprises:
    接收所述服务器的第三数据流,所述第三数据流为所述第一数据流与所述展示设备的第二数据流合成的一路数据流;Receiving a third data stream of the server, where the third data stream is a data stream composed of the first data stream and the second data stream of the display device;
    基于所述第三数据流进行音频播放或视频播放。Play audio or video based on the third data stream.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的直播间切换方法,所述接收所述服务器的第三数据流之前,所述方法还包括:The live broadcast switching method according to claim 12, before the receiving the third data stream of the server, the method further comprises:
    接收所述服务器的数据流合成鉴权消息;Receive a data stream synthesis authentication message from the server;
    根据所述数据流合成鉴权信息,对数据流是否合成进行提示;Synthesize authentication information according to the data stream, and prompt whether the data stream is synthesized;
    接收数据流合成确认指令;Receive data stream synthesis confirmation instruction;
    向所述服务器发送数据流合成同意消息。Sending a data stream synthesis consent message to the server.
  14. 根据权利要求8所述的直播间切换方法,所述方法还包括:The method for switching between live broadcasts according to claim 8, the method further comprising:
    当所述第二直播间的当前用户数量符合预设条件时,显示所述用户搜索控件;When the current number of users in the second live broadcast room meets preset conditions, displaying the user search control;
    当所述第二直播间的当前用户数量不符合预设条件时,隐藏所述用户搜索控件。When the current number of users in the second live broadcast room does not meet the preset condition, the user search control is hidden.
  15. 根据权利要求8所述的直播间切换方法,所述用户搜索指令通过对所述第二直播间中展示的用户搜索控件的确认操作触发;或者,According to the method for switching between live broadcasts according to claim 8, the user search instruction is triggered by a confirmation operation on the user search control displayed in the second live broadcast room; or,
    所述用户搜索指令通过摇晃操作触发;或者,The user search instruction is triggered by shaking operation; or,
    所述用户搜索指令通过用户搜索语音触发。The user search instruction is triggered by the user search voice.
  16. 一种直播间切换方法,包括:A method for switching between live broadcasts, including:
    接收第一直播间的展示设备的直播间随机切换请求,接收第二直播间的录制设备的用户随机拉入请求;Receiving a random switching request from the live broadcast room of the display device in the first live broadcast room, and receiving a random pull-in request from the recording device of the second live broadcast room;
    根据所述直播间随机切换请求以及所述用户随机拉入请求,确定所述展示设备接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点与所述录制设备接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点符合匹配条件;According to the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull request, determine a first time point when the display device receives the switching command between live broadcasts and a second time that the recording device receives the user search instruction Time points meet the matching conditions;
    接收所述录制设备的第二直播间的第一数据流;Receiving the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the recording device;
    向所述展示设备发送所述第一数据流,所述第一数据流用于供所述展示设备将所述第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间。Sending the first data stream to the display device, where the first data stream is used by the display device to switch the first live room to the second live room.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的直播间切换方法,所述根据所述直播间随机切换请求以及所述用户随机拉入请求,确定所述展示设备接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点与所述录制设备接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点符合匹配条件,包括:The method for switching between live broadcasts according to claim 16, wherein the first time point at which the display device receives the instruction for switching between live broadcasts is determined according to the random switching request between the live broadcasts and the random pull request from the user The second time point when the recording device receives the user search instruction meets the matching condition, including:
    获取所述第一时间点与所述第二时间点之间的时间差,确定所述时间差小于时间差阈值;或者,Acquiring the time difference between the first time point and the second time point, and determining that the time difference is less than a time difference threshold; or,
    获取所述第一时间点所处的第一时间窗口以及所述第二时间点之间的第二时间窗口,确定所述第一时间窗口与所述第二时间窗口重叠。Acquiring a first time window in which the first time point is located and a second time window between the second time points, and determining that the first time window overlaps with the second time window.
  18. 根据权利要求16所述的直播间切换方法,所述向所述展示设备发送所述第一数据流之前,所述方法还包括:The live broadcast switching method according to claim 16, before the sending the first data stream to the display device, the method further comprises:
    确定所述展示设备对应的第一附加匹配信息与所述录制设备对应的第二附加匹配信息符合附加匹配条件。It is determined that the first additional matching information corresponding to the display device and the second additional matching information corresponding to the recording device meet additional matching conditions.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的直播间切换方法,所述确定所述展示设备对应的第一附加匹配信息与所述录制设备对应的第二附加匹配信息符合附加匹配条件,包括下述至少一个步骤:According to the live broadcast switching method of claim 18, the determining that the first additional matching information corresponding to the display device and the second additional matching information corresponding to the recording device meet additional matching conditions includes at least one of the following steps:
    确定所述展示设备当前所处的第一地理位置与所述录制设备当前所处的第二地理位置符合第一附加匹配条件;Determining that the first geographic location where the display device is currently and the second geographic location where the recording device is currently meet the first additional matching condition;
    确定所述展示设备登录的用户标识对应的第一用户属性信息与所述录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二用户属性信息符合第二附加匹配条件;Determining that the first user attribute information corresponding to the user ID logged in by the display device and the second user attribute information corresponding to the anchor ID logged in by the recording device meet the second additional matching condition;
    确定所述展示设备登录的用户标识对应的第一历史行为记录与所述录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二历史行为记录符合第三附加匹配条件;Determining that the first historical behavior record corresponding to the user ID logged in by the display device and the second historical behavior record corresponding to the anchor ID logged in by the recording device meet the third additional matching condition;
    确定所述展示设备登录的用户标识对应的第一社交关系信息与所述录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二社交关系信息符合第四附加匹配条件;Determining that the first social relationship information corresponding to the user ID logged in by the display device and the second social relationship information corresponding to the anchor ID logged in by the recording device meet the fourth additional matching condition;
    确定所述展示设备的第一历史运行记录与所述录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二历史运行记录符合第五附加匹配条件;Determining that the first historical operation record of the display device and the second historical operation record corresponding to the anchor identifier registered by the recording device meet the fifth additional matching condition;
    确定在所述展示设备上输入的第一主播类型与所述录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二主播类型符合第六附加匹配条件;Determining that the first anchor type entered on the display device and the second anchor type corresponding to the anchor identification registered by the recording device meet the sixth additional matching condition;
    确定在所述展示设备上输入的第一直播内容类型与所述第二直播间的第二直播内容类型与符合第七附加匹配条件;Determining that the first live content type entered on the display device and the second live content type in the second live room meet the seventh additional matching condition;
    确定在所述展示设备上被选中的第一主播关键字与所述录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二主播关键字符合第八附加匹配条件;Determining that the first anchor keyword selected on the display device and the second anchor keyword corresponding to the anchor identifier registered by the recording device meet the eighth additional matching condition;
    确定在所述展示设备上被选中的第一直播内容关键字与所述第二直播间对应的第二直播内容关键字与符合第九附加匹配条件;Determining that the first live broadcast content keyword selected on the display device and the second live broadcast content keyword corresponding to the second live broadcast room meet the ninth additional matching condition;
    确定在所述展示设备上被选中的搜索热点信息与所述录制设备登录的主播标识或者所述第二直播间的直播内容符合第十附加匹配条件。It is determined that the search hotspot information selected on the display device and the anchor identifier logged in by the recording device or the live content of the second live room meet the tenth additional matching condition.
  20. 根据权利要求16所述的直播间切换方法,所述第二直播间的数量为多个,所述根据所述直播间随机切换请求以及所述用户随机拉入请求,确定所述展示设备接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点与所述录制设备接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点符合匹配条件,包括:The method for switching between live broadcasts according to claim 16, wherein the number of the second live broadcasts is multiple, and it is determined that the display device receives the random switching request from the live broadcast and the user's random pull-in request The first time point of the live broadcast switching instruction and the second time point of the recording device receiving the user search instruction meet the matching conditions, including:
    根据所述直播间随机切换请求以及所述用户随机拉入请求,确定所述展示设备的第一时间点与多个录制设备对应的第二时间点符合匹配条件;Determine, according to the random switching request between the live broadcast rooms and the user's random pull-in request, that the first time point of the display device and the second time point corresponding to multiple recording devices meet the matching conditions;
    所述方法还包括:The method also includes:
    根据所述多个录制设备登录的主播标识的匹配优先级,选取多个主播标识中的目标主播标识;Select the target anchor ID among the multiple anchor IDs according to the matching priority of the anchor IDs registered by the multiple recording devices;
    所述向所述展示设备发送所述第一数据流,包括:The sending the first data stream to the display device includes:
    向所述展示设备发送所述目标主播标识对应的第二直播间的第一数据流。Sending the first data stream of the second live broadcast room corresponding to the target anchor identifier to the display device.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的直播间切换方法,所述根据所述多个录制设备登录的主播标识的匹配优先级,选取多个主播标识中的目标主播标识之前,所述方法还包括下述至少一个步骤:The method for switching between live broadcasts according to claim 20, before selecting the target anchor identification among the plurality of anchor identifications according to the matching priority of the anchor identifications registered by the multiple recording devices, the method further comprises the following at least One step:
    根据所述多个主播标识对应的历史连麦时刻,获取所述多个主播标识的第一匹配优先级,主播标识对应的历史连麦时刻越近,第一匹配优先级越高;Obtaining the first matching priority of the plurality of anchor identifiers according to the historical continuous wheat time corresponding to the plurality of anchor identifiers, the closer the historical consecutive microphone time corresponding to the anchor identifier, the higher the first matching priority;
    根据所述多个主播标识的第二直播间的当前用户数量,获取多个主播标识的第二匹配优先级,第二直播间的当前用户数量越少,第二匹配优先级越高;Obtaining the second matching priority of the plurality of anchor identifiers according to the current number of users in the second live broadcasting rooms of the plurality of anchor identifiers, the smaller the number of current users in the second live broadcasting room, the higher the second matching priority;
    根据所述多个主播标识对应的流量,获取所述多个主播标识的第三匹配优先级,主播标识对应的流量越少,第三匹配优先级越高;Obtaining the third matching priority of the plurality of anchor identifiers according to the traffic corresponding to the plurality of anchor identifiers, the less the traffic corresponding to the anchor identifier, the higher the third matching priority;
    根据述多个主播标识对应的收入,获取所述多个主播标识的第四匹配优先级,主播标识对应的收入越少,第四匹配优先级越高。The fourth matching priority of the plurality of anchor identifiers is obtained according to the income corresponding to the plurality of anchor identifiers. The lower the income corresponding to the anchor identifier, the higher the fourth matching priority.
  22. 根据权利要求16所述的直播间切换方法,所述接收所述录制设备的第二直播间 的第一数据流之后,所述方法还包括:The live broadcast room switching method according to claim 16, after receiving the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the recording device, the method further comprises:
    接收所述展示设备的第二数据流;Receiving the second data stream of the display device;
    对所述第二数据流以及所述第一数据流进行合成,得到第三数据流;Synthesizing the second data stream and the first data stream to obtain a third data stream;
    向所述录制设备以及所述展示设备所述第三数据流。The third data stream to the recording device and the display device.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的直播间切换方法,所述接收所述展示设备的第二数据流之前,所述方法还包括:The live broadcast switching method according to claim 22, before the receiving the second data stream of the display device, the method further comprises:
    接收所述展示设备的数据流合成请求;Receiving a data stream synthesis request from the display device;
    向所述录制设备发送数据流合成鉴权消息;Send a data stream synthesis authentication message to the recording device;
    接收所述展示设备的数据流合成同意消息;Receiving a data stream synthesis consent message from the display device;
    向所述录制设备发送数据流合成同意消息。Sending a data stream synthesis consent message to the recording device.
  24. 根据权利要求16所述的直播间切换方法,所述接收第二直播间的录制设备的用户随机拉入请求之后,所述方法还包括:The method for switching between live broadcasts according to claim 16, after receiving a random pull-in request from a user of the recording device in the second live broadcast, the method further comprises:
    将所述录制设备登录的主播标识添加至第一候选池,所述第一候选池用于存储待匹配用户标识的主播标识;Adding the anchor identification of the recording device to the first candidate pool, where the first candidate pool is used to store the anchor identification of the user identification to be matched;
    相应地,所述根据所述直播间随机切换请求以及所述用户随机拉入请求,确定所述展示设备接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点与所述录制设备接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点符合匹配条件之前,所述方法还包括:Correspondingly, according to the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull request, it is determined that the first time point when the display device receives the switching command between live broadcasts and the recording device receives the user Before the second time point of the search instruction meets the matching condition, the method further includes:
    从所述第一候选池中获取所述主播标识。Obtain the anchor identifier from the first candidate pool.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的直播间切换方法,所述根据所述直播间随机切换请求以及所述用户随机拉入请求,确定所述展示设备接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点与所述录制设备接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点符合匹配条件之后,所述方法还包括:The method for switching between live broadcasts according to claim 24, wherein the first time point at which the display device receives the instruction for switching between live broadcasts and After the recording device receives the user search instruction and the second time point meets the matching condition, the method further includes:
    删除所述第一候选池中的所述主播标识。Delete the anchor identifier in the first candidate pool.
  26. 根据权利要求16所述的直播间切换方法,所述接收第一直播间的展示设备的直播间随机切换请求之后,所述方法还包括:The method for switching between live broadcasts according to claim 16, after the receiving a random switching request between live broadcasts of the display device in the first live broadcast broadcast, the method further comprises:
    将所述展示设备登录的用户标识添加至第二候选池,所述第二候选池用于存储待匹配主播标识的用户标识;Adding the user ID logged in by the display device to the second candidate pool, where the second candidate pool is used to store the user ID of the host ID to be matched;
    相应地,所述根据所述直播间随机切换请求以及所述用户随机拉入请求,确定所述展示设备接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点与所述录制设备接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点符合匹配条件之前,所述方法还包括:Correspondingly, according to the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull request, it is determined that the first time point when the display device receives the switching command between live broadcasts and the recording device receives the user Before the second time point of the search instruction meets the matching condition, the method further includes:
    从所述第二候选池中获取所述用户标识。Obtain the user identification from the second candidate pool.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的直播间切换方法,所述根据所述直播间随机切换请求以及所述用户随机拉入请求,确定所述展示设备接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点与 所述录制设备接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点符合匹配条件之后,所述方法还包括:The live broadcast switching method according to claim 26, wherein the first time point at which the display device receives the live broadcast switching instruction is determined according to the live broadcast random switching request and the user random pull request After the recording device receives the user search instruction and the second time point meets the matching condition, the method further includes:
    删除所述第二候选池中的所述用户标识。Delete the user identifier in the second candidate pool.
  28. 一种直播间切换装置,包括:A live room switching device, including:
    接收模块,用于在展示第一直播间的过程中,接收直播间切换指令;The receiving module is used for receiving the switching instruction of the live broadcasting room during the process of displaying the first live broadcasting room;
    生成模块,用于根据接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点,生成直播间随机切换请求,所述直播间随机切换请求用于请求将所述第一直播间切换为第二直播间,所述第二直播间的第二时间点与所述第一时间点符合匹配条件,所述第二时间点为所述第二直播间的录制设备接收到用户搜索指令的时间点;A generating module, configured to generate a random switching request for the live broadcasting room according to the first time point when the live broadcasting room switching instruction is received, and the random switching request for the live broadcasting room is used to request to switch the first live broadcasting room to the second live broadcasting room , The second time point of the second live room matches the first time point, and the second time point is the time point when the recording device of the second live room receives the user search instruction;
    发送模块,用于向服务器发送所述直播间随机切换请求;A sending module, configured to send the random switching request between live broadcasts to the server;
    所述接收模块,还用于接收所述服务器的第二直播间的第一数据流;The receiving module is further configured to receive the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the server;
    切换模块,用于根据所述第一数据流,将所述第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间。The switching module is configured to switch the first live broadcast room to the second live broadcast room according to the first data stream.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的直播间切换装置,所述生成模块,用于:在所述直播间随机切换请求中携带所述第一时间点;或者,获取所述第一时间点所处的第一时间窗口,在所述直播间随机切换请求中携带所述第一时间窗口。The device for switching between live broadcasts according to claim 28, wherein the generating module is configured to: carry the first time point in the random switching request between live broadcasts; or, obtain the first A time window, carrying the first time window in the random switching request between the live broadcasts.
  30. 根据权利要求28所述的直播间切换装置,所述生成模块,用于:根据接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点以及第一附加匹配信息,生成直播间随机切换请求。The apparatus for switching between live broadcasts according to claim 28, wherein the generating module is configured to generate a random switching request between live broadcasts according to the first time point at which the instruction for switching between the live broadcasts is received and the first additional matching information.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的直播间切换装置,所述装置还用于执行下述至少一个步骤:The apparatus for switching between live broadcasts according to claim 30, the apparatus is further configured to perform at least one of the following steps:
    获取当前所处的第一地理位置,作为所述第一附加匹配信息;Acquiring the current first geographic location as the first additional matching information;
    获取登录的用户标识对应的第一用户属性信息,作为所述第一附加匹配信息;Acquiring first user attribute information corresponding to the logged-in user ID as the first additional matching information;
    获取登录的用户标识对应的第一历史行为记录,作为所述第一附加匹配信息;Acquiring the first historical behavior record corresponding to the logged-in user ID as the first additional matching information;
    获取登录的用户标识对应的第一社交关系信息,作为所述第一附加匹配信息;Acquiring first social relationship information corresponding to the logged-in user ID as the first additional matching information;
    获取第一历史运行记录,作为所述第一附加匹配信息;Acquiring a first historical running record as the first additional matching information;
    接收输入的第一主播类型,作为所述第一附加匹配信息;Receiving the input first anchor type as the first additional matching information;
    接收输入的第一直播内容类型,作为所述第一附加匹配信息;Receiving the input first live content type as the first additional matching information;
    显示至少一个主播关键字,当检测到任一主播关键字被选中时,将被选中的主播关键字作为所述第一附加匹配信息;Displaying at least one anchor keyword, and when it is detected that any anchor keyword is selected, the selected anchor keyword is used as the first additional matching information;
    显示至少一个直播内容关键字,当检测到任一直播内容关键字被选中时,将被选中的直播内容关键字作为所述第一附加匹配信息;Displaying at least one live content keyword, and when it is detected that any live content keyword is selected, the selected live content keyword is used as the first additional matching information;
    显示至少一个搜索热点信息,当检测到任一搜索热点信息被选中时,将被选中的搜索热点信息作为所述第一附加匹配信息。At least one search hotspot information is displayed, and when it is detected that any search hotspot information is selected, the selected search hotspot information is used as the first additional matching information.
  32. 根据权利要求28所述的直播间切换装置,The live broadcast room switching device according to claim 28,
    所述发送模块,还用于向所述服务器发送第二数据流;The sending module is further configured to send a second data stream to the server;
    所述接收模块,还用于接收到所述服务器的第三数据流,所述第三数据流为所述第一数据流与所述第二数据流合成的数据流;The receiving module is further configured to receive a third data stream of the server, where the third data stream is a data stream synthesized by the first data stream and the second data stream;
    所述装置还包括:播放模块,用于根据所述第三数据流进行音频播放或视频播放。The device also includes a playback module for performing audio playback or video playback according to the third data stream.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的直播间切换装置,The live broadcast switching device according to claim 32,
    所述发送模块,还用于向所述服务器发送数据流合成请求;The sending module is also used to send a data stream synthesis request to the server;
    所述接收模块,还用于接收所述服务器的数据流合成同意消息。The receiving module is also used to receive a data stream synthesis consent message from the server.
  34. 根据权利要求28所述的直播间切换装置,所述直播间切换指令通过对所述第一直播间中展示的直播间切换控件的确认操作触发;或者,The live broadcast room switching device according to claim 28, wherein the live broadcast room switching instruction is triggered by a confirmation operation on the live broadcast room switch control displayed in the first live broadcast room; or,
    所述直播间切换指令通过摇晃操作触发;或者,The switching instruction in the live broadcast room is triggered by a shaking operation; or,
    所述直播间切换指令通过直播间切换语音触发。The instruction for switching between live broadcasts is triggered by voice switching between live broadcasts.
  35. 一种直播间切换装置,包括:A live room switching device, including:
    接收模块,用于在展示第二直播间的过程中,接收用户搜索指令;The receiving module is used for receiving user search instructions during the process of displaying the second live broadcast room;
    生成模块,用于根据接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点,生成用户随机拉入请求,所述用户随机拉入请求用于请求将第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间,所述第一直播间的第一时间点与所述第二时间点符合匹配条件,所述第一时间点为所述第一直播间的展示设备接收到直播间切换指令的时间点;A generating module, configured to generate a user random pull request according to the second time point when the user search instruction is received, the user random pull request is used to request to switch the first live room to the second live room, The first time point of the first live room and the second time point meet the matching condition, and the first time point is the time point when the display device of the first live room receives the live room switching instruction;
    发送模块,用于向服务器发送所述用户随机拉入请求;A sending module, configured to send the user random pull request to the server;
    所述发送模块,还用于向所述服务器发送所述第二直播间的第一数据流。The sending module is further configured to send the first data stream of the second live broadcast room to the server.
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的直播间切换装置,所述生成模块,用于:在所述用户随机拉入请求中携带所述第二时间点;或者,获取所述第二时间点所处的第二时间窗口,在所述用户随机拉入请求中携带所述第二时间窗口。The device for switching between live broadcasts according to claim 35, wherein the generating module is configured to: carry the second time point in the user's random pull request; or, obtain the second point in time at the second time point Two time windows, carrying the second time window in the user's random pull request.
  37. 根据权利要求35所述的直播间切换装置,所述生成模块,用于:根据接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点以及第二附加匹配信息,生成用户随机拉入请求。The live broadcast switching device according to claim 35, wherein the generating module is configured to generate a user random pull-in request based on the second time point and the second additional matching information when the user search instruction is received.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的直播间切换装置,所述装置还用于执行下述至少一个步骤:The apparatus for switching between live broadcasts according to claim 37, the apparatus is further configured to perform at least one of the following steps:
    获取当前所处的第二地理位置,作为所述第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring a second geographical location where the current location is, as the second additional matching information;
    获取登录的主播标识对应的第二主播属性信息,作为所述第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring second anchor attribute information corresponding to the registered anchor ID as the second additional matching information;
    获取登录的主播标识对应的第二历史行为记录,作为所述第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring a second historical behavior record corresponding to the logged-in anchor identifier as the second additional matching information;
    获取登录的主播标识对应的第二社交关系信息,作为所述第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring second social relationship information corresponding to the logged-in anchor identifier as the second additional matching information;
    获取第二历史运行记录,作为所述第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring a second historical running record as the second additional matching information;
    获取登录的主播标识对应的第二主播类型,作为所述第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring a second anchor type corresponding to the anchor identification of the login as the second additional matching information;
    获取所述第二直播间的第二直播内容类型,作为所述第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring the second live broadcast content type of the second live broadcast room as the second additional matching information;
    获取登录的主播标识对应的第二主播关键字,作为所述第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring a second anchor keyword corresponding to the registered anchor identifier as the second additional matching information;
    获取所述第二直播间的第二直播内容关键字,作为所述第二附加匹配信息;Acquiring second live content keywords of the second live broadcast room as the second additional matching information;
    获取登录的主播标识或所述第二直播间所符合的搜索热点信息,作为所述第二附加匹配信息。Obtain the logged-in anchor identifier or search hotspot information that the second live broadcast room conforms to, as the second additional matching information.
  39. 根据权利要求35所述的直播间切换装置,所述装置还包括:The live broadcast room switching device according to claim 35, further comprising:
    所述接收模块,还用于接收所述服务器的第三数据流,所述第三数据流为所述第一数据流与所述展示设备的第二数据流合成的一路数据流;The receiving module is further configured to receive a third data stream of the server, where the third data stream is a data stream composed of the first data stream and the second data stream of the display device;
    所述装置还包括:播放模块,用于基于所述第三数据流进行音频播放或视频播放。The device also includes a playback module for audio playback or video playback based on the third data stream.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的直播间切换装置,所述装置还包括:The device for switching between live broadcasts according to claim 39, the device further comprising:
    所述接收模块,还用于接收所述服务器的数据流合成鉴权消息;The receiving module is also used to receive the data stream synthesis authentication message of the server;
    提示模块,用于根据所述数据流合成鉴权信息,对数据流是否合成进行提示;A prompt module, configured to synthesize authentication information according to the data stream, and prompt whether the data stream is synthesized;
    所述接收模块,还用于接收数据流合成确认指令;The receiving module is also used to receive a data stream synthesis confirmation instruction;
    向所述服务器发送数据流合成同意消息。Sending a data stream synthesis consent message to the server.
  41. 根据权利要求35所述的直播间切换装置,所述装置还包括:The live broadcast room switching device according to claim 35, further comprising:
    显示模块,用于当所述第二直播间的当前用户数量符合预设条件时,显示所述用户搜索控件;当所述第二直播间的当前用户数量不符合预设条件时,隐藏所述用户搜索控件。A display module, configured to display the user search control when the current number of users in the second live room meets a preset condition; hide the control when the current number of users in the second live room does not meet the preset condition User search control.
  42. 根据权利要求35所述的直播间切换装置,所述用户搜索指令通过对所述第二直播间中展示的用户搜索控件的确认操作触发;或者,The live broadcast room switching device according to claim 35, wherein the user search instruction is triggered by a confirmation operation on the user search control displayed in the second live broadcast room; or,
    所述用户搜索指令通过摇晃操作触发;或者,The user search instruction is triggered by shaking operation; or,
    所述用户搜索指令通过用户搜索语音触发。The user search instruction is triggered by the user search voice.
  43. 一种直播间切换装置,包括:A live room switching device, including:
    接收模块,用于接收第一直播间的展示设备的直播间随机切换请求,接收第二直播间的录制设备的用户随机拉入请求;The receiving module is used to receive a random switching request of the live broadcast room of the display device in the first live broadcast room, and receive a random pull-in request of the user of the recording device of the second live broadcast room;
    确定模块,用于根据所述直播间随机切换请求以及所述用户随机拉入请求,确定所述展示设备接收到所述直播间切换指令的第一时间点与所述录制设备接收到所述用户搜索指令的第二时间点符合匹配条件;A determining module, configured to determine, according to the random switching request between live broadcasts and the user's random pull request, the first time point when the display device receives the switching command between live broadcasts and the recording device receive the user The second time point of the search instruction meets the matching conditions;
    所述接收模块,还用于接收所述录制设备的第二直播间的第一数据流;The receiving module is further configured to receive the first data stream of the second live broadcast room of the recording device;
    发送模块,用于向所述展示设备发送所述第一数据流,所述第一数据流用于供所述展示设备将所述第一直播间切换为所述第二直播间。The sending module is configured to send the first data stream to the display device, where the first data stream is used by the display device to switch the first live room to the second live room.
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的直播间切换装置,所述确定模块,用于:获取所述第一时间点与所述第二时间点之间的时间差,确定所述时间差小于时间差阈值;或者,获取所述第一时间点所处的第一时间窗口以及所述第二时间点之间的第二时间窗口,确定所述第一时间窗口与所述第二时间窗口重叠。The live broadcast switching device according to claim 43, wherein the determination module is configured to: obtain a time difference between the first time point and the second time point, and determine that the time difference is less than a time difference threshold; or, obtain The first time window in which the first time point is located and the second time window between the second time point determine that the first time window overlaps the second time window.
  45. 根据权利要求43所述的直播间切换装置,所述确定模块,还用于:确定所述展示设备对应的第一附加匹配信息与所述录制设备对应的第二附加匹配信息符合附加匹配条件。The live broadcast switching device according to claim 43, the determination module is further configured to: determine that the first additional matching information corresponding to the display device and the second additional matching information corresponding to the recording device meet additional matching conditions.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的直播间切换装置,所述确定模块,用于执行下述至少一个步骤:The live broadcast switching device according to claim 45, wherein the determination module is configured to perform at least one of the following steps:
    确定所述展示设备当前所处的第一地理位置与所述录制设备当前所处的第二地理位置符合第一附加匹配条件;Determining that the first geographic location where the display device is currently and the second geographic location where the recording device is currently meet the first additional matching condition;
    确定所述展示设备登录的用户标识对应的第一用户属性信息与所述录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二用户属性信息符合第二附加匹配条件;Determining that the first user attribute information corresponding to the user ID logged in by the display device and the second user attribute information corresponding to the anchor ID logged in by the recording device meet the second additional matching condition;
    确定所述展示设备登录的用户标识对应的第一历史行为记录与所述录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二历史行为记录符合第三附加匹配条件;Determining that the first historical behavior record corresponding to the user ID logged in by the display device and the second historical behavior record corresponding to the anchor ID logged in by the recording device meet the third additional matching condition;
    确定所述展示设备登录的用户标识对应的第一社交关系信息与所述录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二社交关系信息符合第四附加匹配条件;Determining that the first social relationship information corresponding to the user ID logged in by the display device and the second social relationship information corresponding to the anchor ID logged in by the recording device meet the fourth additional matching condition;
    确定所述展示设备的第一历史运行记录与所述录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二历史运行记录符合第五附加匹配条件;Determining that the first historical operation record of the display device and the second historical operation record corresponding to the anchor identifier registered by the recording device meet the fifth additional matching condition;
    确定在所述展示设备上输入的第一主播类型与所述录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二主播类型符合第六附加匹配条件;Determining that the first anchor type entered on the display device and the second anchor type corresponding to the anchor identification registered by the recording device meet the sixth additional matching condition;
    确定在所述展示设备上输入的第一直播内容类型与所述第二直播间的第二直播内容类型与符合第七附加匹配条件;Determining that the first live content type entered on the display device and the second live content type in the second live room meet the seventh additional matching condition;
    确定在所述展示设备上被选中的第一主播关键字与所述录制设备登录的主播标识对应的第二主播关键字符合第八附加匹配条件;Determining that the first anchor keyword selected on the display device and the second anchor keyword corresponding to the anchor identifier registered by the recording device meet the eighth additional matching condition;
    确定在所述展示设备上被选中的第一直播内容关键字与所述第二直播间对应的第二直播内容关键字与符合第九附加匹配条件;Determining that the first live broadcast content keyword selected on the display device and the second live broadcast content keyword corresponding to the second live broadcast room meet the ninth additional matching condition;
    确定在所述展示设备上被选中的搜索热点信息与所述录制设备登录的主播标识或者所述第二直播间的直播内容符合第十附加匹配条件。It is determined that the search hotspot information selected on the display device and the anchor identifier logged in by the recording device or the live content of the second live room meet the tenth additional matching condition.
  47. 根据权利要求43所述的直播间切换装置,所述第二直播间的数量为多个,所述确定模块,用于:根据所述直播间随机切换请求以及所述用户随机拉入请求,确定所述展示设备的第一时间点与多个录制设备对应的第二时间点符合匹配条件;The apparatus for switching between live rooms according to claim 43, wherein the number of the second live rooms is multiple, and the determining module is configured to: determine according to the random switching request of the live rooms and the user's random pull request The first time point of the display device and the second time point corresponding to the multiple recording devices meet the matching conditions;
    所述装置还包括:The device also includes:
    选取模块,用于根据所述多个录制设备登录的主播标识的匹配优先级,选取多个主播标识中的目标主播标识;A selection module, configured to select the target anchor identification among the plurality of anchor identifications according to the matching priority of the anchor identifications registered by the multiple recording devices;
    所述向所述展示设备发送所述第一数据流,包括:The sending the first data stream to the display device includes:
    所述发送模块,还用于向所述展示设备发送所述目标主播标识对应的第二直播间的第 一数据流。The sending module is further configured to send the first data stream of the second live broadcast room corresponding to the target anchor identifier to the display device.
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的直播间切换装置,所述选取模块,用于执行下述至少一个步骤:The live broadcast switching device according to claim 47, wherein the selection module is configured to perform at least one of the following steps:
    根据所述多个主播标识对应的历史连麦时刻,获取所述多个主播标识的第一匹配优先级,主播标识对应的历史连麦时刻越近,第一匹配优先级越高;Obtaining the first matching priority of the plurality of anchor identifiers according to the historical continuous wheat time corresponding to the plurality of anchor identifiers, the closer the historical consecutive microphone time corresponding to the anchor identifier, the higher the first matching priority;
    根据所述多个主播标识的第二直播间的当前用户数量,获取多个主播标识的第二匹配优先级,第二直播间的当前用户数量越少,第二匹配优先级越高;Obtaining the second matching priority of the plurality of anchor identifiers according to the current number of users in the second live broadcasting rooms of the plurality of anchor identifiers, the smaller the number of current users in the second live broadcasting room, the higher the second matching priority;
    根据所述多个主播标识对应的流量,获取所述多个主播标识的第三匹配优先级,主播标识对应的流量越少,第三匹配优先级越高;Obtaining the third matching priority of the plurality of anchor identifiers according to the traffic corresponding to the plurality of anchor identifiers, the less the traffic corresponding to the anchor identifier, the higher the third matching priority;
    根据述多个主播标识对应的收入,获取所述多个主播标识的第四匹配优先级,主播标识对应的收入越少,第四匹配优先级越高。The fourth matching priority of the plurality of anchor identifiers is obtained according to the income corresponding to the plurality of anchor identifiers. The lower the income corresponding to the anchor identifier, the higher the fourth matching priority.
  49. 根据权利要求43所述的直播间切换装置,The live room switching device according to claim 43,
    所述接收模块,还用于接收所述展示设备的第二数据流;The receiving module is also used to receive the second data stream of the display device;
    所述装置还包括:合成模块,还用于对所述第二数据流以及所述第一数据流进行合成,得到第三数据流;The device further includes: a synthesis module, further configured to synthesize the second data stream and the first data stream to obtain a third data stream;
    所述发送模块,还用于向所述录制设备以及所述展示设备发送所述第三数据流。The sending module is further configured to send the third data stream to the recording device and the display device.
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的直播间切换装置,The live broadcast room switching device according to claim 49,
    所述接收模块,还用于接收所述展示设备的数据流合成请求;The receiving module is also used to receive a data stream synthesis request from the display device;
    所述发送模块,还用于向所述录制设备发送数据流合成鉴权消息;The sending module is further configured to send a data stream synthesis authentication message to the recording device;
    所述接收模块,还用于接收所述展示设备的数据流合成同意消息;The receiving module is also used to receive the data stream synthesis consent message of the display device;
    所述发送模块,还用于向所述录制设备发送数据流合成同意消息。The sending module is further configured to send a data stream synthesis approval message to the recording device.
  51. 根据权利要求43所述的直播间切换装置,所述装置还包括:The live broadcast room switching device according to claim 43, further comprising:
    添加模块,用于将所述录制设备登录的主播标识添加至第一候选池,所述第一候选池用于存储待匹配用户标识的主播标识;An adding module, configured to add the anchor identification of the recording device to the first candidate pool, and the first candidate pool is used to store the anchor identification of the user ID to be matched;
    获取模块,用于从所述第一候选池中获取所述主播标识。An obtaining module, configured to obtain the anchor identifier from the first candidate pool.
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的直播间切换装置,所述装置还包括:The device for switching between live broadcasts according to claim 51, the device further comprising:
    删除模块,用于删除所述第一候选池中的所述主播标识。The deleting module is used to delete the anchor identifier in the first candidate pool.
  53. 根据权利要求43所述的直播间切换装置,所述装置还包括:The live broadcast room switching device according to claim 43, further comprising:
    添加模块,用于将所述展示设备登录的用户标识添加至第二候选池,所述第二候选池用于存储待匹配主播标识的用户标识;An adding module, configured to add the user ID logged in by the display device to the second candidate pool, where the second candidate pool is used to store the user ID of the anchor ID to be matched;
    获取模块,用于从所述第二候选池中获取所述用户标识。An obtaining module, configured to obtain the user identifier from the second candidate pool.
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的直播间切换装置,所述装置还包括:The device for switching between live broadcasts according to claim 53, further comprising:
    删除模块,用于删除所述第二候选池中的所述用户标识。The deleting module is used to delete the user identifier in the second candidate pool.
  55. 一种终端,包括:A terminal, including:
    处理器;processor;
    用于存储处理器可执行指令的存储器;Memory for storing processor executable instructions;
    其中,所述处理器被配置为:Wherein, the processor is configured to:
    读取并执行存储器中存储的可执行指令,以实现如权利要求1-7中任一项所述的内容处理方法。Read and execute the executable instructions stored in the memory to implement the content processing method according to any one of claims 1-7.
  56. 一种终端,包括:A terminal, including:
    处理器;processor;
    用于存储处理器可执行指令的存储器;Memory for storing processor executable instructions;
    其中,所述处理器被配置为:Wherein, the processor is configured to:
    读取并执行存储器中存储的可执行指令,以实现如权利要求8-15中任一项所述的内容处理方法。Read and execute the executable instructions stored in the memory to implement the content processing method according to any one of claims 8-15.
  57. 一种服务器,包括:A server, including:
    处理器;processor;
    用于存储处理器可执行指令的存储器;Memory for storing processor executable instructions;
    其中,所述处理器被配置为:Wherein, the processor is configured to:
    读取并执行存储器中存储的可执行指令,以实现如权利要求16-27中任一项所述的内容处理方法。Read and execute the executable instructions stored in the memory to implement the content processing method according to any one of claims 16-27.
  58. 一种非临时性计算机可读存储介质,当所述非临时性计算机可读存储介质中的指令由终端的处理器执行时,使得终端能够执行如权利要求1-7中任一项所述的内容处理方法。A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium, when instructions in the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium are executed by a processor of a terminal, enabling the terminal to execute any one of claims 1-7 Content processing methods.
  59. 一种非临时性计算机可读存储介质,当所述非临时性计算机可读存储介质中的指令由终端的处理器执行时,使得终端能够执行如权利要求8-15中任一项所述的内容处理方法。A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium, when instructions in the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium are executed by a processor of a terminal, enable the terminal to execute any one of claims 8-15 Content processing methods.
  60. 一种非临时性计算机可读存储介质,当所述非临时性计算机可读存储介质中的指令由服务器的处理器执行时,使得服务器能够执行如权利要求16-27任一项所述的方法。A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium, when instructions in the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium are executed by a processor of a server, enabling the server to perform the method according to any one of claims 16-27 .
PCT/CN2019/114888 2018-12-24 2019-10-31 Live broadcast room switching method and apparatus, and terminal, server and storage medium WO2020134560A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201811584182.6A CN109729372B (en) 2018-12-24 2018-12-24 Live broadcast room switching method, device, terminal, server and storage medium
CN201811584182.6 2018-12-24

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020134560A1 true WO2020134560A1 (en) 2020-07-02

Family

ID=66297691

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/114888 WO2020134560A1 (en) 2018-12-24 2019-10-31 Live broadcast room switching method and apparatus, and terminal, server and storage medium

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN109729372B (en)
WO (1) WO2020134560A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113038014A (en) * 2021-03-17 2021-06-25 北京字跳网络技术有限公司 Video processing method of application program and electronic equipment

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109729372B (en) * 2018-12-24 2020-12-25 北京达佳互联信息技术有限公司 Live broadcast room switching method, device, terminal, server and storage medium
CN110267055B (en) * 2019-06-28 2022-03-15 广州酷狗计算机科技有限公司 Method, device and system for recommending live broadcast room, server, terminal and medium
CN110933451A (en) * 2019-11-27 2020-03-27 网易(杭州)网络有限公司 Live broadcast and wheat connection method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN111246126A (en) * 2020-03-11 2020-06-05 广州虎牙科技有限公司 Direct broadcasting switching method, system, device, equipment and medium based on live broadcasting platform
CN111726644A (en) * 2020-05-07 2020-09-29 火币(广州)区块链科技有限公司 Method and device for floating window of multiple live broadcast rooms
CN113645475B (en) * 2021-08-03 2023-10-13 杭州情咖网络技术有限公司 Live broadcast connection method and device
CN113938700B (en) * 2021-10-27 2024-03-12 广州方硅信息技术有限公司 Live broadcast room switching method and device and computer equipment

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106028166A (en) * 2016-06-24 2016-10-12 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Method and device for switching live broadcasting rooms in live broadcasting process
CN106488270A (en) * 2016-09-08 2017-03-08 广州华多网络科技有限公司 A kind of method and apparatus of direct broadcasting room switching
US20170311039A1 (en) * 2015-05-04 2017-10-26 Tencent Technology (Shenzhen) Company Limited Interaction information processing method, client, service platform, and storage medium
CN107596687A (en) * 2017-08-24 2018-01-19 网易(杭州)网络有限公司 Game picture display system and method, storage medium, electronic equipment
CN109067910A (en) * 2018-09-13 2018-12-21 乐蜜有限公司 A kind of method and device that message pulls
CN109729372A (en) * 2018-12-24 2019-05-07 北京达佳互联信息技术有限公司 Method for switching between, device, terminal, server and storage medium is broadcast live

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103729407A (en) * 2013-12-09 2014-04-16 乐视网信息技术(北京)股份有限公司 Method and device for playing live broadcast streaming media
CN106303657A (en) * 2016-08-18 2017-01-04 北京奇虎科技有限公司 A kind of even method that wheat is live and main broadcaster's end equipment

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20170311039A1 (en) * 2015-05-04 2017-10-26 Tencent Technology (Shenzhen) Company Limited Interaction information processing method, client, service platform, and storage medium
CN106028166A (en) * 2016-06-24 2016-10-12 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Method and device for switching live broadcasting rooms in live broadcasting process
CN106488270A (en) * 2016-09-08 2017-03-08 广州华多网络科技有限公司 A kind of method and apparatus of direct broadcasting room switching
CN107596687A (en) * 2017-08-24 2018-01-19 网易(杭州)网络有限公司 Game picture display system and method, storage medium, electronic equipment
CN109067910A (en) * 2018-09-13 2018-12-21 乐蜜有限公司 A kind of method and device that message pulls
CN109729372A (en) * 2018-12-24 2019-05-07 北京达佳互联信息技术有限公司 Method for switching between, device, terminal, server and storage medium is broadcast live

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113038014A (en) * 2021-03-17 2021-06-25 北京字跳网络技术有限公司 Video processing method of application program and electronic equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN109729372B (en) 2020-12-25
CN109729372A (en) 2019-05-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020134560A1 (en) Live broadcast room switching method and apparatus, and terminal, server and storage medium
CN109600678B (en) Information display method, device and system, server, terminal and storage medium
WO2022121358A1 (en) Information display method and apparatus
CN109729411B (en) Live broadcast interaction method and device
CN109660817B (en) Video live broadcast method, device and system
US11632584B2 (en) Video switching during music playback
WO2020125365A1 (en) Audio and video processing method and apparatus, terminal and storage medium
WO2019114514A1 (en) Method and apparatus for displaying pitch information in live broadcast room, and storage medium
WO2021135678A1 (en) Editing template generating method and apparatus, electronic device, and storage medium
CN110139116B (en) Live broadcast room switching method and device and storage medium
CN112118477B (en) Virtual gift display method, device, equipment and storage medium
CN108093307B (en) Method and system for acquiring playing file
WO2022247208A1 (en) Live broadcast data processing method and terminal
CN113411680B (en) Multimedia resource playing method, device, terminal and storage medium
WO2021148013A1 (en) Interactive data playing method and electronic device
CN110418152B (en) Method and device for carrying out live broadcast prompt
WO2023000677A1 (en) Content item display method and apparatus
WO2021043121A1 (en) Image face changing method, apparatus, system, and device, and storage medium
CN109275013B (en) Method, device and equipment for displaying virtual article and storage medium
CN114116053B (en) Resource display method, device, computer equipment and medium
CN112788359B (en) Live broadcast processing method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN111711838B (en) Video switching method, device, terminal, server and storage medium
CN110290392B (en) Live broadcast information display method, device, equipment and storage medium
WO2021148018A1 (en) Live broadcast interactive method and device
CN111031391A (en) Video dubbing method, device, server, terminal and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19901719

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19901719

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1